WO2023130480A1 - Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023130480A1
WO2023130480A1 PCT/CN2022/071143 CN2022071143W WO2023130480A1 WO 2023130480 A1 WO2023130480 A1 WO 2023130480A1 CN 2022071143 W CN2022071143 W CN 2022071143W WO 2023130480 A1 WO2023130480 A1 WO 2023130480A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
qcl
physical channel
qcl reference
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/071143
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/071143 priority Critical patent/WO2023130480A1/en
Priority to CN202280086110.7A priority patent/CN118435683A/en
Publication of WO2023130480A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023130480A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a wireless communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, and program product.
  • the new frequency band may include licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, and program product. Described technical scheme is as follows:
  • a wireless communication method is provided, the method is executed by a terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL (Quasi Co-Location, quasi-co-located) reference;
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, the method is executed by a terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • a wireless communication device includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
  • a processing module configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • a wireless communication device includes:
  • a sending module configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
  • a processing module configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • a terminal device the terminal device includes a processor and a memory, a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the computer program to realize the execution of the above-mentioned terminal device wireless communication method.
  • a network device includes a processor and a memory, a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the computer program to implement the above network device execution wireless communication method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium where a computer program is stored in the storage medium, and the computer program is used to be executed by a processor, so as to implement the wireless communication method performed by the above-mentioned terminal device , or implement the wireless communication method performed by the foregoing network device.
  • a chip is provided, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip is running, it is used to implement the wireless communication method performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, or to implement The wireless communication method executed by the network device above.
  • a computer program product or computer program includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and a processor reads from the The computer-readable storage medium reads and executes the computer instructions, so as to realize the wireless communication method executed by the above-mentioned terminal device, or realize the wireless communication method executed by the above-mentioned network device.
  • the QCL information of periodic physical channels or reference signals is configured by RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • the resources used to transmit periodic physical channels or reference signals belong to the first COT
  • Channel Occupancy Time channel occupancy time
  • the application proposes to refer to the QCL reference corresponding to the periodic physical channel or reference signal according to the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT Whether there is a QCL relationship is used to determine whether to transmit the periodic physical channel or reference signal, which can ensure the fairness of resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the evolution of the technology and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA independent network deployment scenario
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, wherein the unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a licensed spectrum, wherein the licensed spectrum can also be Considered as unshared spectrum.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an existing frequency band, or may be applied to a frequency band put into use in the future.
  • Non-Terrestrial Networks NTN
  • TN terrestrial communication network
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network architecture 100 may include: a terminal device 10 , an access network device 20 and a core network device 30 .
  • the terminal device 10 may refer to a UE (User Equipment, user equipment), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device.
  • UE User Equipment
  • an access terminal a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device.
  • the terminal device 10 can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol, session initiation protocol) phone, a WLL (Wireless Local Loop, wireless local loop) station, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant, personal digital processing ), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5GS (5th Generation System, fifth-generation mobile communication system) or future evolution
  • the terminal equipment in the PLMN Public Land Mobile Network, public land mobile communication network
  • the number of terminal devices 10 is generally multiple, and one or more terminal devices 10 may be distributed in a cell managed by each access network device 20 .
  • the access network device 20 is a device deployed in an access network to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 10 .
  • the access network device 20 may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, and so on.
  • the names of devices with access network device functions may be different.
  • they are called gNodeB or gNB.
  • the name "access network equipment” may change.
  • access network devices For the convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned devices that provide wireless communication functions for the terminal device 10 are collectively referred to as access network devices.
  • a communication relationship may be established between the terminal device 10 and the core network device 30 through the access network device 20 .
  • the access network device 20 may be one or more eNodeBs in EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Network) or EUTRAN;
  • EUTRAN Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • EUTRAN EUTRAN
  • the access network device 20 may be a RAN (Radio Access Network, radio access network) or one or more gNBs in the RAN.
  • the "network device” refers to an access network device 20, such as a base station.
  • the core network device 30 is a device deployed in the core network.
  • the functions of the core network device 30 are mainly to provide user connections, manage users, and carry out services, and provide an interface to external networks as a bearer network.
  • the core network equipment in the 5G NR system can include AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function, access and mobility management function) entity, UPF (User Plane Function, user plane function) entity and SMF (Session Management Function, session management function) entity and other equipment.
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function, access and mobility management function
  • UPF User Plane Function, user plane function
  • SMF Session Management Function, session management function
  • the access network device 20 and the core network device 30 communicate with each other through a certain air interface technology, such as the NG interface in the 5G NR system.
  • the access network device 20 and the terminal device 10 communicate with each other through a certain air interface technology, such as a Uu interface.
  • the "5G NR system" in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a 5G system or an NR system, but those skilled in the art can understand its meaning.
  • the technical solutions described in the embodiments of this application can be applied to LTE systems, 5G NR systems, and subsequent evolution systems of 5G NR systems, and can also be applied to systems such as NB-IoT (Narrow Band Internet of Things, narrowband Internet of Things) system and other communication systems, this application is not limited to this.
  • NB-IoT Near Band Internet of Things, narrowband Internet of Things
  • the network device may provide services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) on the carrier used by the cell, and the cell may be
  • a cell corresponding to a network device (such as a base station) may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: a Metro cell, a Micro cell, Pico cell, Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship.
  • a indicates B which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
  • the "configuration" in the embodiment of the present application may include configuring by at least one of system messages, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and media access control elements (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE) .
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC CE Media Access Control Control Element
  • predefined or “preset” may be pre-saved in the device (for example, including terminal devices and network devices) with corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information implementation, and the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner.
  • the predefined ones may refer to those defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in this application.
  • the research of the NR system can include new frequency bands such as 52.6GHz–71GHz or 71GHz–114.25GHz.
  • the new frequency band may include licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum.
  • the new frequency band includes dedicated spectrum and shared spectrum.
  • the sub-carrier spacing considered in the new frequency band may be larger than the sub-carrier spacing supported by the existing NR system, for example, the sub-carrier spacing may be 480 kHz or 960 kHz.
  • the subcarrier spacing supported by the new frequency band includes at least one of 120 kHz, 480 kHz, and 960 kHz.
  • the unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by the country and region that can be used for radio device communication.
  • This spectrum is usually considered a shared spectrum, that is, communication devices in different communication systems can be used as long as they meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply to the government for exclusive spectrum authorization.
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • MCOT Maximum Channel Occupancy Time
  • the LBT method (that is, the channel access method) can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, receiving-side auxiliary LBT and no LBT. .
  • the channel access method without LBT it may also need to be limited by certain conditions such as ATPC (Automatic Transmit Power Control, automatic transmission power control), DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection, dynamic frequency selection), long-term interference detection or other Interference cancellation mechanism, etc.
  • ATPC Automatic Transmit Power Control
  • DFS Dynamic Frequency Selection, dynamic frequency selection
  • long-term interference detection or other Interference cancellation mechanism etc.
  • the beam direction associated with directional LBT can be determined by QCL relationship or spatial filter.
  • Quasi Co-Location means that the large-scale parameters of the channel experienced by symbols on one antenna port can be inferred from the channel experienced by symbols on another antenna port.
  • the large-scale parameters may include delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain, and spatial reception parameters.
  • the above-mentioned channel large-scale parameters can be divided into different QCL types, which is convenient for the system to configure according to different scenarios where the terminal equipment is located.
  • the definitions of different QCL type configurations are as follows:
  • 'QCL-TypeA' ⁇ Doppler shift (Doppler shift), Doppler spread (Doppler spread), average delay (average delay), delay spread (delay spread) ⁇ ;
  • 'QCL-TypeB' ⁇ Doppler shift (Doppler shift), Doppler spread (Doppler spread) ⁇ ;
  • 'QCL-TypeC' ⁇ Doppler shift (Doppler shift), average delay (average delay) ⁇ ;
  • the terminal device Before the RRC signaling configuration (such as the initial access stage), the terminal device has the system default QCL relationship from SSB (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, synchronization signal and PBCH block) to DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal) , the terminal device can obtain the Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread and spatial reception parameters of the channel from the SSB signal through the QCL relationship between the SSB and the DMRS to adjust the filter parameters of the DMRS channel estimator, In this way, PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, physical downlink control channel) and PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, physical downlink shared channel) are received.
  • SSB Synchromas Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • SSB ⁇ DMRS including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread and spatial reception parameters.
  • the QCL relationship between the reference signals includes at least one of the following situations:
  • SSB ⁇ TRS Tracking Reference Signal, tracking reference signal
  • Doppler frequency shift including Doppler frequency shift, average delay, space receiving parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeC'+'QCL-TypeD'.
  • TRS ⁇ CSI-RS for CSI Channel State Information, channel state information), including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'.
  • TRS ⁇ DMRS for PDCCH including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'.
  • TRS ⁇ DMRS for PDSCH including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'.
  • SSB ⁇ CSI-RS for BM including Doppler frequency shift, average delay, and spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeC'+'QCL-TypeD'.
  • SSB ⁇ CSI-RS for CSI including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • SSB ⁇ DMRS for PDCCH including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD '.
  • SSB ⁇ DMRS for PDSCH including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD '.
  • CSI-RS for BM ⁇ DMRS for PDCCH including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • CSI-RS for BM ⁇ DMRS for PDSCH including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • CSI-RS for CSI ⁇ DMRS for PDSCH including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL- Type D'.
  • QCL parameters cannot be directly obtained from CSI-RS for CSI.
  • CSI-RS for BM ⁇ CSI-RS for TRS/BM/CSI, including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
  • the acquisition of QCL reference includes the following situations:
  • RRC such as periodic CSI-RS or TRS
  • MAC CE MAC Control Element, media access layer control unit
  • MAC CE-based indication for example, through MAC CE indication to activate or deactivate periodic CSI-RS or TRS, or PDCCH DMRS;
  • DCI-based indication such as aperiodic CSI-RS or TRS, or DMRS of PDSCH.
  • the QCL reference of the DMRS of the PDSCH may also be activated by the MAC CE through the RRC configuration.
  • the RRC configuration includes: the RRC configuration includes QCL information, and the QCL information is used to determine the QCL reference of the target reference signal.
  • the MAC-CE-based indication includes: RRC configures a set of TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication) states, and each TCI state corresponds to a QCL reference. Select a TCI state from the group of TCI states through the MAC CE, and use it as the QCL reference of the target reference signal.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication
  • the DCI-based indication includes: RRC configures M TCI states, and each TCI state corresponds to a QCL reference. Select up to 8 TCI states from the M TCI states through the MAC CE to correspond to the 3-bit TCI indication information in the DCI, wherein, if the value of M is less than or equal to 8, the M TCI states and the TCI in the DCI corresponding to the instruction information. Select a TCI state from the TCI states corresponding to the TCI indication information in the DCI through the DCI, and use it as the QCL reference of the target reference signal.
  • the TCI status contains the information of the QCL reference.
  • Each TCI state may include at most two downlink reference signals, serving as at most two types of reference sources respectively.
  • the TCI state ID is used to identify a TCI state;
  • a QCL information contains the following information:
  • QCL type configuration which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;
  • the QCL reference signal configuration includes the cell ID where the reference signal is located, the BWP (Bandwidth Part, partial bandwidth) ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or SSB index).
  • the QCL type of at least one of the QCL information in QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.
  • QCL type A is also written as typeA or QCL-TypeA
  • QCL type B is also written as typeB or QCL-TypeB
  • QCL type C is also written as typeC or QCL-TypeC
  • QCL type D is also written as typeD or QCL-TypeD.
  • the available QCL references for the reference signal may include one of the cases shown in Table 1:
  • the terminal device can use one or more directions to detect the channel. If the channel detection using the LBT based on the first direction successfully obtains the first COT, then the first COT has an association relationship with the first direction, for example It is necessary to use the beam direction corresponding to the first direction (or in other words, the spatial filter corresponding to the first direction) to perform physical channel or signal transmission in the first COT. Correspondingly, if the DCI format 2_0 is configured in the system, the DCI format 2_0 also needs to be indicated based on the first direction.
  • the DCI format 2_0 includes indication information such as remaining COT length, available RB (Resource Block, resource block) set, and search space set group (Search space set group) switching flag, then the remaining COT length, available RB set, search The space aggregation group switching flag is associated with the first direction.
  • the QCL information of the periodic reference signal is configured by RRC.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the QCL information of periodic physical channels or reference signals is configured by RRC.
  • the first COT to which the resources used to transmit periodic physical channels or reference signals belongs is based on
  • the channel access method such as directional LBT
  • FIG. 2 shows a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the method may include at least one of the following steps (210-220):
  • Step 210 the terminal device is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference.
  • Step 220 the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device is configured by a higher layer (such as RRC signaling) to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal through the first resource.
  • the first downlink physical channel or signal includes the first downlink physical channel and/or the first downlink reference signal.
  • the first downlink physical channel or signal includes a periodic downlink physical channel and/or a periodic downlink reference signal.
  • the first downlink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: PDCCH, SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, semi-persistent scheduling) PDSCH.
  • the first downlink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: periodic CSI-RS, TRS, PRS (Positioning Reference Signal, positioning reference signal), PT-RS (Phase Tracking Reference Signal, phase tracking reference signal), SPS CSI-RS.
  • periodic CSI-RS RESUPA
  • TRS Time Division Multiple Access
  • PRS Positioning Reference Signal
  • PT-RS Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • phase tracking reference signal SPS CSI-RS.
  • the above CSI-RS is used for CSI measurement and/or BM (beam management).
  • the first QCL reference is a QCL reference associated with a first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the first QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling.
  • the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling.
  • the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, where the DCI is used to activate the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the first QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to activate the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the first QCL reference corresponds to the first spatial receive filter.
  • the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first QCL reference, including: the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first spatial receiving filter.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal includes a second downlink physical channel and/or a second downlink reference signal.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal includes a dynamically scheduled downlink physical channel and/or a dynamically scheduled downlink reference signal.
  • the second downlink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: PDCCH, dynamically scheduled PDSCH (for example, DCI scheduled PDSCH).
  • the second downlink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled CSI-RS (for example, a CSI-RS indicated by DCI).
  • the first resource corresponds to a second QCL reference.
  • the first resource has an association relationship with the second QCL reference.
  • the first resource is a resource in the first COT; wherein, the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference (or the first COT is a COT corresponding/associated with the second QCL reference), or, the first The resources in the COT are used to transmit physical channels or signals corresponding to the second QCL reference, or the first COT is a COT obtained based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT) corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  • the first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  • the second QCL reference corresponds to a second spatial receive filter.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second space Receive at least one of the filter, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, and determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling.
  • the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling.
  • the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI.
  • the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is DCI corresponding to DCI format 2_0.
  • the second QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI.
  • the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is the corresponding DCI format 2_0 DCI.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first Two QCL references, to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first A control information or a second downlink physical channel or signal determines a second QCL reference; the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  • the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations 1 to 2:
  • Case 1 The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • Case 2 The second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including the following cases 1-1 to 1-3 at least one of:
  • Case 1-1 the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference.
  • the first indication information is TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication) status indication information and/or SRI (SRS resource indicator, SRS resource indication) indication information, and the first indication information indicates the second QCL reference.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication
  • SRI SRS resource indicator, SRS resource indication
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT.
  • the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to Second QCL reference.
  • the first COT here corresponds to the second QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be determined implicitly, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information.
  • the second QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the second QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information is not corresponding to/associated with the second downlink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is common control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0.
  • the first control information corresponds to/associates with the second downlink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference, or it can also be said that the second downlink physical channel or signal is associated with the second QCL reference.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial receive filter as the first QCL reference
  • the second spatial receive filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in spatial domain the first spatial receive filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
  • the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial receive filter than the first QCL reference
  • the second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL reference is associated with a reference signal different from that of the first QCL, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference and the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference have QCL relationship, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal A downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the foregoing QCL relationship includes QCL-TypeD.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial reception filter as the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL reference is associated with a spatial reception filter different from that of the first QCL, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference is associated with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference When the filters at least partially overlap in the spatial domain, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL references the second spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference the first spatial reception filter associated When there is no overlap in the airspace, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first A control information, determining whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, which can be referred to above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference, or the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations 2-1 to 2-3:
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference.
  • the first indication information is TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, and the first indication information indicates the first QCL reference.
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT.
  • the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to First QCL reference.
  • the first COT here corresponds to the first QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be implicitly determined, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information.
  • the first QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference.
  • the set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the first QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first Two downlink physical channels or signals, determining whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal , the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal .
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal , the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference , the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference When , the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling is activated, and indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to schedule the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is continuous in the time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in the time domain.
  • the foregoing time unit includes a time slot, or a plurality of time slots, or a time slot determined by a reference subcarrier interval (for example, 120 kHz), or a subframe.
  • a reference subcarrier interval for example, 120 kHz
  • the QCL type corresponding to the above QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
  • QCL-TypeD can also be regarded as a spatial reception filter.
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, it means that the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial reception filter as the first QCL reference, Or, the second QCL reference is associated with the same beam direction as the first QCL reference; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, It is explained that the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial reception filter from the first QCL reference, or that the second QCL reference is associated with a different beam direction from the first QCL reference.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the aforementioned QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal An uplink physical channel or signal; or, when at least one symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal. line physical channels or signals.
  • the symbols in the first resource are not uplink symbols, including: the symbols in the first resource are downlink symbols and/or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal device not receiving the first downlink physical channel or signal may be: the terminal device cancels receiving the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • this application proposes that according to the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT (that is, the second QCL reference) and the periodic Whether the QCL reference corresponding to the physical channel or reference signal (that is, the first QCL reference) has a QCL relationship is used to determine whether to perform the periodic transmission of the physical channel or reference signal, which can ensure the fairness of resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • the terminal device is configured to receive a preconfigured downlink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, where the preconfigured downlink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the behavior of the terminal device includes the following situations at least one of:
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the preconfigured downlink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot receiving pre-configured downlink transmission on the first symbol group;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the pre-set symbol on the first symbol group in the first time slot.
  • Configure downlink transmission
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal The device receives a preconfigured downlink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not downlink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group does not belong to the COT, the terminal device uses the first symbol group in the first time slot Uplink does not receive pre-configured downlink transmissions;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not downlink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT and the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first The symbol group does not belong to the COT, and the terminal device cancels receiving the preconfigured downlink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot.
  • the first symbol group corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first symbol group not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first COT corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first COT not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the slot structure indication information is carried in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, where the TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information is used to indicate the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the same as the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission, or the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the QCL corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission References have a QCL relationship.
  • the terminal device is configured to receive a preconfigured downlink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, wherein the preconfigured downlink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the terminal device is provided with first COT information , where the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the behavior of the terminal device includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols or flexible symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot Receive pre-configured downlink transmission on the first symbol group of ;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not downlink symbols or flexible symbols, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, or the first QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the second QCL reference, the terminal device The preconfigured downlink transmission is not received on the first symbol group in .
  • the pre-configured downlink transmission includes at least one of CSI-RS, SPS PDSCH, TRS, PRS, PT-RS, and SPS CSI-RS.
  • FIG. 3 shows a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the method may include at least one of the following steps (310-320):
  • Step 310 the terminal device is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference.
  • Step 320 the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device is configured by a higher layer (such as RRC signaling) to send the first uplink physical channel or signal through the first resource.
  • the first uplink physical channel or signal refers to the first uplink physical channel and/or the first uplink reference signal.
  • the first uplink physical channel or signal includes a periodic uplink physical channel and/or a periodic uplink reference signal.
  • the first uplink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a pre-configured grant CG-PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel).
  • the first uplink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: SRS (Sounding Reference Signal, sounding reference signal), PT-RS.
  • the above-mentioned SRS is used for channel sounding and/or BM (beam management).
  • the first QCL reference is a QCL reference associated with a first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the first QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling.
  • the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling.
  • the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, where the DCI is used to activate the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the first QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to activate the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the first QCL reference corresponds to the first spatial transmit filter.
  • the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first QCL reference, including: the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first spatial transmission filter.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal includes a second uplink physical channel and/or a second uplink reference signal.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal includes a dynamically scheduled uplink physical channel and/or a dynamically scheduled uplink reference signal.
  • the second uplink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled PUSCH (for example, a DCI scheduled PUSCH).
  • the second uplink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled SRS (for example, a DCI scheduled SRS).
  • the first resource corresponds to a second QCL reference.
  • the first resource has an association relationship with the second QCL reference.
  • the first resource is a resource in the first COT; wherein, the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference (or the first COT is a COT corresponding/associated with the second QCL reference), or, the first The resources in the COT are used to transmit physical channels or signals corresponding to the second QCL reference, or the first COT is a COT obtained based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT) corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  • the first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  • the second QCL reference corresponds to a second spatial transmit filter.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device transmits the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second space At least one of the filter, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling.
  • the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling.
  • the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI.
  • the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is DCI corresponding to DCI format 2_0.
  • the second QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI.
  • the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is the corresponding DCI format 2_0 DCI.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the second QCL reference to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first The control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal determines the second QCL reference; the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  • the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations 1 to 2:
  • Case 1 The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • Case 2 the second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including the following cases 1-1 to 1-3 at least one of:
  • Case 1-1 the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference.
  • the first indication information is TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, and the first indication information indicates the second QCL reference.
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT.
  • the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to Second QCL reference.
  • the first COT here corresponds to the second QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be determined implicitly, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information.
  • the second QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the second QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information is not corresponding to/associated with the second uplink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is common control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0.
  • the first control information corresponds to/associates with the second uplink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal is associated with the second QCL reference.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmit filter as the first QCL reference
  • the second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in spatial domain the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
  • the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter than the first QCL reference
  • the second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL refers to a reference signal associated with a different reference from the first QCL, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference When , the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal. physical channel or signal.
  • the foregoing QCL relationship includes QCL-TypeD.
  • the terminal device determines whether to transmit the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmission filter as the first QCL reference, the terminal device transmits the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL reference is associated with a spatial transmission filter different from that of the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not transmit the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to transmit the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second spatial transmission filter associated with the second QCL reference is the first spatial transmission filter associated with the first QCL reference
  • the terminal device transmits the first uplink physical channel or signal when the filters at least partially overlap in the air domain; or, when the second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference is in the air domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference When there is no overlap at all, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first The control information determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, reference may be made to the above, and details will not be described here.
  • the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference, or the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations 2-1 to 2-3:
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference.
  • the first indication information is TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, and the first indication information indicates the first QCL reference.
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT.
  • the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to First QCL reference.
  • the first COT here corresponds to the first QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be implicitly determined, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information.
  • the first QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference.
  • the set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the first QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the second An uplink physical channel or signal is used to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal The device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal The device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to schedule the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling is activated, and indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to schedule the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is continuous in the time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in time domain.
  • the foregoing time unit includes a time slot, or a plurality of time slots, or a time slot determined by a reference subcarrier interval (for example, 120 kHz), or a subframe.
  • a reference subcarrier interval for example, 120 kHz
  • the QCL type corresponding to the above QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
  • QCL-TypeD can also be considered as a spatial transmit filter.
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, it means that the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmission filter as the first QCL reference, Or, the second QCL reference is associated with the same beam direction as the first QCL reference; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, It is illustrated that the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter from the first QCL reference, or the second QCL reference is associated with a different beam direction from the first QCL reference.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the aforementioned QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink symbol according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when at least one symbol in the first resource is a downlink symbol, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the symbols in the first resource are not downlink symbols, including: the symbols in the first resource are uplink symbols and/or flexible symbols.
  • the terminal device not sending the first uplink physical channel or signal may be: the terminal device cancels sending the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • this application proposes that according to the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT (that is, the second QCL reference) and the periodic physical Whether the QCL reference corresponding to the channel or reference signal (that is, the first QCL reference) has a QCL relationship is used to determine whether to transmit the periodic physical channel or reference signal, which can ensure the fairness of resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
  • the terminal device is configured to send a preconfigured uplink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, where the preconfigured uplink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the behavior of the terminal device includes the following situations at least one of:
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends preconfigured uplink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot sending pre-configured uplink transmission on the first symbol group;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the preliminary symbol on the first symbol group in the first time slot.
  • Configure uplink transmission
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal The device sends a preconfigured uplink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not uplink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group does not belong to the COT, the first symbol group of the terminal device in the first time slot does not send pre-configured uplink transmissions;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not uplink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT and the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first The symbol group does not belong to the COT, and the terminal device cancels sending the preconfigured uplink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot.
  • the first symbol group corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first symbol group not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first COT corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the first COT not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
  • the slot structure indication information is carried in the first control information.
  • the first control information includes TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, where the TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information is used to indicate the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the same as the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission, or the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the QCL corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission References have a QCL relationship.
  • the terminal device is configured to send a preconfigured uplink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, wherein the preconfigured uplink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the terminal device is provided with first COT information , where the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the behavior of the terminal device includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols or flexible symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot Send pre-configured uplink transmission on the first symbol group of ;
  • the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not uplink symbols or flexible symbols, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, or the first QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the second QCL reference, the terminal device No preconfigured uplink transmission is sent on the first symbol group in .
  • the pre-configured uplink transmission includes at least one of SRS, CG-PUSCH, and PT-RS.
  • FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus has the function of implementing the above example method on the terminal device side, and the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the apparatus may be the terminal device described above, or may be set in the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 400 may include: a receiving module 410 and a processing module 420 .
  • the receiving module 410 is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference.
  • the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including:
  • the first resource is a resource in the first channel occupancy time COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the resources in the first COT are used to transmit the resources corresponding to the second QCL
  • the reference physical channel or signal, or, the first COT is a COT obtained based on the second QCL reference corresponding directional channel access method;
  • the first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  • the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of radio resource control RRC configuration signaling, media access layer control element MAC CE signaling and downlink control information DCI.
  • the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  • the processing module 420 is configured to determine the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal; according to the second QCL reference, determine whether to receive The first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, and includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information is common control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0; or, the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives The first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device The first downlink physical channel or signal is not received.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is continuous in time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal partially or completely overlap in time domain.
  • the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference
  • a second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with a first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial receive filter as the first QCL reference
  • a second spatial receive filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in a spatial domain with a first spatial receive filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial receive filter than the first QCL reference
  • the second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the first downlink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: periodic CSI-RS, semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, phase tracking reference signal PT -RS.
  • the second downlink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled CSI-RS, and a dynamically scheduled PDSCH.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
  • processing module 420 is further configured to:
  • the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or Signal;
  • the first downlink physical channel or signal is not received.
  • FIG. 5 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus has the function of implementing the above example method on the terminal device side, and the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware.
  • the apparatus may be the terminal device described above, or may be set in the terminal device.
  • the apparatus 500 may include: a sending module 510 and a processing module 520 .
  • a sending module 510 configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
  • the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including:
  • the first resource is a resource in the first channel occupancy time COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the resources in the first COT are used to transmit the resources corresponding to the second QCL
  • the reference physical channel or signal, or, the first COT is a COT obtained based on the second QCL reference corresponding directional channel access method;
  • the first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  • the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of radio resource control RRC configuration signaling, media access layer control element MAC CE signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
  • the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  • the processing module 520 is configured to determine the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal; determine whether to send The first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, and includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the first control information is public control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0; or,
  • the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends The first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device The first uplink physical channel or signal is not sent.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference
  • the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference
  • the second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference
  • the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  • the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
  • the second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is continuous in time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
  • the second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in time domain.
  • the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference
  • a second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with a first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference
  • the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmit filter as the first QCL reference
  • a second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in a spatial domain with a first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference
  • the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
  • the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter than the first QCL reference
  • the second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  • the first uplink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: Sounding Reference Signal SRS, Preconfigured Grant CG-PUSCH, Phase Tracking Reference Signal PT-RS.
  • the second uplink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: dynamically scheduled SRS and dynamically scheduled PUSCH.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
  • the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
  • processing module 520 is further configured to:
  • the symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal ;
  • the first uplink physical channel or signal is not sent.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment realizes its functions, it only uses the division of the above-mentioned functional modules as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to actual needs. That is, the content structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 600 may be configured to perform the method steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the terminal device 600 may include: a processor 601 , a transceiver 602 and a memory 603 .
  • the processor 601 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 601 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
  • the transceiver 602 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be implemented as the same wireless communication component, and the wireless communication component may include a wireless communication chip and a radio frequency antenna.
  • the memory 603 may be connected to the processor 601 and the transceiver 602 .
  • the memory 603 may be used to store a computer program executed by the processor, and the processor 601 is used to execute the computer program, so as to implement various steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 603 can be realized by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination.
  • the volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but not limited to: magnetic disk or optical disk, electrically erasable and programmable Read Only Memory, Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, Static Anytime Access Memory, Read Only Memory, Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Programmable Read Only Memory.
  • the transceiver 602 is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
  • the processor 601 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  • the transceiver 602 is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
  • the processor 601 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the storage medium, and the computer program is used to be executed by a processor of a terminal device, so as to implement the above wireless communication method.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may include: ROM (Read-Only Memory, read-only memory), RAM (Random-Access Memory, random access memory), SSD (Solid State Drives, solid state drive) or an optical disc, etc.
  • the random access memory may include ReRAM (Resistance Random Access Memory, resistive random access memory) and DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory, dynamic random access memory).
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip runs on a terminal device, it is used to implement the above wireless communication method.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product or computer program, the computer program product or computer program includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and the processor of the terminal device reads from the computer The readable storage medium reads and executes the computer instructions to implement the above wireless communication method.
  • the numbering of the steps described herein only exemplarily shows a possible sequence of execution among the steps.
  • the above-mentioned steps may not be executed according to the order of the numbers, such as two different numbers
  • the steps are executed at the same time, or two steps with different numbers are executed in the reverse order as shown in the illustration, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a wireless communication method and apparatus, and a device, a storage medium and a program product. The method comprises: a terminal device being configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal by means of a first resource, wherein the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first quasi co-location (QCL) reference (210); and the terminal device determining, according to at least one of a second QCL reference, first control information and a second downlink physical channel or signal, whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal (220). The present application can ensure the fair use of resources on an unlicensed spectrum.

Description

无线通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质及程序产品Wireless communication method, device, equipment, storage medium and program product 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种无线通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质及程序产品。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a wireless communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, and program product.
背景技术Background technique
随着NR(New Radio,新空口)系统的演进,NR系统的研究可以包括新的频段例如52.6GHz-71GHz或71GHz-114.25GHz。新频段中可以包括授权频谱,也可以包括非授权频谱。With the evolution of the NR (New Radio, new air interface) system, research on the NR system can include new frequency bands such as 52.6GHz-71GHz or 71GHz-114.25GHz. The new frequency band may include licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum.
对于新频段上的无线通信,还有待进一步研究。For wireless communication on the new frequency band, further research is required.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种无线通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质及程序产品。所述技术方案如下:Embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, and program product. Described technical scheme is as follows:
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种无线通信方法,所述方法由终端设备执行,所述方法包括:According to an aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a wireless communication method is provided, the method is executed by a terminal device, and the method includes:
所述终端设备被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL(Quasi Co-Location,准共址)参考;The terminal device is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL (Quasi Co-Location, quasi-co-located) reference;
所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种无线通信方法,所述方法由终端设备执行,所述方法包括:According to an aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a wireless communication method is provided, the method is executed by a terminal device, and the method includes:
所述终端设备被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考;The terminal device is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种无线通信装置,所述装置包括:According to an aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a wireless communication device is provided, and the device includes:
接收模块,用于被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考;A receiving module, configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
处理模块,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。A processing module, configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种无线通信装置,所述装置包括:According to an aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a wireless communication device is provided, and the device includes:
发送模块,用于被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考;A sending module, configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
处理模块,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。A processing module, configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序以实现上述终端设备执行的无线通信方法。According to an aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a terminal device, the terminal device includes a processor and a memory, a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the computer program to realize the execution of the above-mentioned terminal device wireless communication method.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种网络设备,所述网络设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序以实现上述网络设备执行的无线通信方法。According to an aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a network device is provided, the network device includes a processor and a memory, a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the computer program to implement the above network device execution wireless communication method.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于被处理器执行,以实现上述终端设备执行的无线通信方法,或者实现上述网络设备执行的无线通信方法。According to an aspect of the embodiments of the present application, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the storage medium, and the computer program is used to be executed by a processor, so as to implement the wireless communication method performed by the above-mentioned terminal device , or implement the wireless communication method performed by the foregoing network device.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片运行时,用于实现上述终端设备执行的无线通信方法,或者实现上述网络设备执行的无线通信方法。According to an aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a chip is provided, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip is running, it is used to implement the wireless communication method performed by the above-mentioned terminal device, or to implement The wireless communication method executed by the network device above.
根据本申请实施例的一个方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序,所述计算机程序产品或计算机程序包括计算机指令,所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质读取并执行所述计算机指令,以实现上述终端设备执行的无线通信方法,或者实现上述网络设备执行的无线通信方法。According to an aspect of the embodiments of the present application, a computer program product or computer program is provided, the computer program product or computer program includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and a processor reads from the The computer-readable storage medium reads and executes the computer instructions, so as to realize the wireless communication method executed by the above-mentioned terminal device, or realize the wireless communication method executed by the above-mentioned network device.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以包括如下有益效果:The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application may include the following beneficial effects:
针对高频系统,周期性的物理信道或参考信号的QCL信息是RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)配置的,当用于传输周期性的物理信道或参考信号的资源所属的第一COT(Channel Occupancy  Time,信道占用时间)是基于定向信道接入方式(如定向LBT)获取的时,本申请提出根据该第一COT对应的QCL参考与该周期性的物理信道或参考信号对应的QCL参考是否具有QCL关系,来确定是否进行该周期性的物理信道或参考信号的传输,可以保证非授权频谱上资源使用的公平性。For high-frequency systems, the QCL information of periodic physical channels or reference signals is configured by RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control). When the resources used to transmit periodic physical channels or reference signals belong to the first COT ( When Channel Occupancy Time (channel occupancy time) is obtained based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT), the application proposes to refer to the QCL reference corresponding to the periodic physical channel or reference signal according to the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT Whether there is a QCL relationship is used to determine whether to transmit the periodic physical channel or reference signal, which can ensure the fairness of resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请一个实施例提供的网络架构的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请一个实施例提供的无线通信方法的流程图;FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请另一个实施例提供的无线通信方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请一个实施例提供的无线通信装置的框图;FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请另一个实施例提供的无线通信装置的框图;FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请一个实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图。Fig. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solution and advantages of the present application clearer, the implementation manners of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. The evolution of the technology and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(Vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, the number of connections supported by traditional communication systems is limited and easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device (Device to Device, D2D) communication, Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V) communication, or Vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to these communication systems.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) network deployment scenario.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, wherein the unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to a licensed spectrum, wherein the licensed spectrum can also be Considered as unshared spectrum.
本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于现有频段,也可应用于未来投入使用的频段。The communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an existing frequency band, or may be applied to a frequency band put into use in the future.
本申请实施例可应用于非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统,也可应用于地面通信网络(Terrestrial Networks,TN)系统。The embodiment of the present application may be applied to a non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, and may also be applied to a terrestrial communication network (Terrestrial Networks, TN) system.
请参考图1,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的网络架构100的示意图。该网络架构100可以包括:终端设备10、接入网设备20和核心网设备30。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The network architecture 100 may include: a terminal device 10 , an access network device 20 and a core network device 30 .
终端设备10可以指UE(User Equipment,用户设备)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。可选地,终端设备10还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、SIP(Session Initiation Protocol,会话启动协议)电话、WLL(Wireless Local Loop,无线本地环路)站、PDA(Personal Digita1 Assistant,个人数字处理)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5GS(5th Generation System,第五代移动通信系统)中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN(Pub1ic Land Mobi1e Network,公用陆地移动通信网络)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。为方便描述,上面提到的设备统称为终端设备。终端设备10的数量通常为多个,每一个接入网设备20所管理的小区内可以分布一个或多个终端设备10。The terminal device 10 may refer to a UE (User Equipment, user equipment), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a user agent or a user device. Optionally, the terminal device 10 can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol, session initiation protocol) phone, a WLL (Wireless Local Loop, wireless local loop) station, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant, personal digital processing ), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5GS (5th Generation System, fifth-generation mobile communication system) or future evolution The terminal equipment in the PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network, public land mobile communication network), etc., is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For convenience of description, the devices mentioned above are collectively referred to as terminal devices. The number of terminal devices 10 is generally multiple, and one or more terminal devices 10 may be distributed in a cell managed by each access network device 20 .
接入网设备20是一种部署在接入网中用以为终端设备10提供无线通信功能的设备。接入网设备20可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站,接入点等等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备接入网设备功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同,例如在5G NR系统中,称为gNodeB或者gNB。随着通信技术的演进,“接入网设备”这一名称可能会变化。为方便描述,本申请实施例中,上述为终端设备10提供 无线通信功能的装置统称为接入网设备。可选地,通过接入网设备20,终端设备10和核心网设备30之间可以建立通信关系。示例性地,在LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)系统中,接入网设备20可以是EUTRAN(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network,演进的通用陆地无线网)或者EUTRAN中的一个或者多个eNodeB;在5G NR系统中,接入网设备20可以是RAN(Radio Access Network,无线接入网)或者RAN中的一个或者多个gNB。在本申请实施例中,所述的“网络设备”除特别说明之外,是指接入网设备20,如基站。The access network device 20 is a device deployed in an access network to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 10 . The access network device 20 may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, access points, and so on. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of devices with access network device functions may be different. For example, in 5G NR systems, they are called gNodeB or gNB. With the evolution of communication technology, the name "access network equipment" may change. For the convenience of description, in the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned devices that provide wireless communication functions for the terminal device 10 are collectively referred to as access network devices. Optionally, a communication relationship may be established between the terminal device 10 and the core network device 30 through the access network device 20 . Exemplarily, in an LTE (Long Term Evolution, long-term evolution) system, the access network device 20 may be one or more eNodeBs in EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Network) or EUTRAN; In the 5G NR system, the access network device 20 may be a RAN (Radio Access Network, radio access network) or one or more gNBs in the RAN. In the embodiment of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the "network device" refers to an access network device 20, such as a base station.
核心网设备30是部署在核心网中的设备,核心网设备30的功能主要是提供用户连接、对用户的管理以及对业务完成承载,作为承载网络提供到外部网络的接口。例如,5G NR系统中的核心网设备可以包括AMF(Access and Mobility Management Function,接入和移动性管理功能)实体、UPF(User Plane Function,用户平面功能)实体和SMF(Session Management Function,会话管理功能)实体等设备。The core network device 30 is a device deployed in the core network. The functions of the core network device 30 are mainly to provide user connections, manage users, and carry out services, and provide an interface to external networks as a bearer network. For example, the core network equipment in the 5G NR system can include AMF (Access and Mobility Management Function, access and mobility management function) entity, UPF (User Plane Function, user plane function) entity and SMF (Session Management Function, session management function) entity and other equipment.
在一些实施例中,接入网设备20与核心网设备30之间通过某种空口技术互相通信,例如5G NR系统中的NG接口。接入网设备20与终端设备10之间通过某种空口技术互相通信,例如Uu接口。In some embodiments, the access network device 20 and the core network device 30 communicate with each other through a certain air interface technology, such as the NG interface in the 5G NR system. The access network device 20 and the terminal device 10 communicate with each other through a certain air interface technology, such as a Uu interface.
本申请实施例中的“5G NR系统”也可以称为5G系统或者NR系统,但本领域技术人员可以理解其含义。本申请实施例描述的技术方案可以适用于LTE系统,也可以适用于5G NR系统,也可以适用于5G NR系统后续的演进系统,还可以适用于诸如NB-IoT(Narrow Band Internet of Things,窄带物联网)系统等其他通信系统,本申请对此不作限定。The "5G NR system" in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a 5G system or an NR system, but those skilled in the art can understand its meaning. The technical solutions described in the embodiments of this application can be applied to LTE systems, 5G NR systems, and subsequent evolution systems of 5G NR systems, and can also be applied to systems such as NB-IoT (Narrow Band Internet of Things, narrowband Internet of Things) system and other communication systems, this application is not limited to this.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的载波上的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the application, the network device may provide services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) on the carrier used by the cell, and the cell may be A cell corresponding to a network device (such as a base station) may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: a Metro cell, a Micro cell, Pico cell, Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
本申请实施例中的“配置”可以包括通过系统消息、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令和媒体接入控制单元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)中的至少一种来配置。The "configuration" in the embodiment of the present application may include configuring by at least one of system messages, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, and media access control elements (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE) .
在本申请一些实施例中,“预定义的”或“预设的”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义的可以是指协议中定义的。In some embodiments of the present application, "predefined" or "preset" may be pre-saved in the device (for example, including terminal devices and network devices) with corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information implementation, and the present application does not limit the specific implementation manner. For example, the predefined ones may refer to those defined in the protocol.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。In some embodiments of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in this application.
在介绍本申请技术方案之前,先对本申请涉及的一些背景技术知识进行介绍说明。以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。Before introducing the technical solution of this application, some background technical knowledge involved in this application will be introduced. The following related technologies may be optionally combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and all of them belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiment of the present application includes at least part of the following contents.
1.高频相关背景1. High-frequency related background
随着NR系统的演进,NR系统的研究可以包括新的频段例如52.6GHz–71GHz或71GHz-114.25GHz。新频段中可以包括授权频谱,也可以包括非授权频谱。或者说,新频段中包括专用频谱,也包括共享频谱。新频段考虑的子载波间隔可以比现有NR系统支持的子载波间隔更大,例如子载波间隔可以为480kHz或960kHz。具体地,新频段支持的子载波间隔包括120kHz、480kHz和960kHz中的至少一种。With the evolution of the NR system, the research of the NR system can include new frequency bands such as 52.6GHz–71GHz or 71GHz–114.25GHz. The new frequency band may include licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum. In other words, the new frequency band includes dedicated spectrum and shared spectrum. The sub-carrier spacing considered in the new frequency band may be larger than the sub-carrier spacing supported by the existing NR system, for example, the sub-carrier spacing may be 480 kHz or 960 kHz. Specifically, the subcarrier spacing supported by the new frequency band includes at least one of 120 kHz, 480 kHz, and 960 kHz.
2.非授权频谱(共享频谱)2. Unlicensed spectrum (shared spectrum)
非授权频谱是国家和地区划分的可用于无线电设备通信的频谱,该频谱通常被认为是共享频谱,即不同通信系统中的通信设备只要满足国家或地区在该频谱上设置的法规要求,就可以使用该频谱,不需要向政府申请专有的频谱授权。The unlicensed spectrum is the spectrum allocated by the country and region that can be used for radio device communication. This spectrum is usually considered a shared spectrum, that is, communication devices in different communication systems can be used as long as they meet the regulatory requirements set by the country or region on the spectrum. To use this spectrum, there is no need to apply to the government for exclusive spectrum authorization.
为了让使用非授权频谱进行无线通信的各个通信系统在该频谱上能够友好共存,一些国家或地区规定了使用非授权频谱必须满足的法规要求。例如,通信设备遵循“先听后说(Listen Before Talk,LBT)”原则,即通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上进行信号发送前,需要先进行信道侦听,只有当信道侦听结果为信道空闲时,该通信设备才能进行信号发送;如果通信设备在非授权频谱的信道上的信道侦听结果为信道忙,该通信设备不能进行信号发送。为了保证公平性,在一次传输中,通信设备使用非授权频谱的信道进行信号传输的时长不能超过最大信道占用时间(Maximum Channel Occupancy Time,MCOT)。In order to allow various communication systems that use unlicensed spectrum for wireless communication to coexist friendly on this spectrum, some countries or regions have stipulated regulatory requirements that must be met when using unlicensed spectrum. For example, communication equipment follows the principle of "Listen Before Talk (LBT)", that is, before the communication equipment transmits signals on the channel of the unlicensed spectrum, it needs to perform channel detection first, and only when the channel detection result is that the channel The communication device can only send signals when it is idle; if the channel detection result of the communication device on an unlicensed spectrum channel shows that the channel is busy, the communication device cannot send signals. In order to ensure fairness, in a transmission, the duration of signal transmission by the communication device using the channel of the unlicensed spectrum cannot exceed the Maximum Channel Occupancy Time (MCOT).
在高频频段中,既包括授权频谱,也包括非授权频谱。在高频频段包括的非授权频谱上,对于有LBT要求的国家和地区,LBT方式(即信道接入方式)可以包括全向LBT、定向LBT、接收侧辅助LBT和不做LBT等几种方式。其中,对于不做LBT的信道接入方式,可能还需要受限于一定条件例如ATPC(Automatic Transmit Power Control,自动发射功率控制)、DFS(Dynamic Frequency Selection,动态频率选择)、长期干扰检测或其他干扰消除机制等。另外做LBT的信道接入和不做LBT的信道接入之间还可以进行切换。其中,在一些情况下,对于定向LBT,定向LBT关联的波束方向可以通过QCL关系或空间滤波器来确定。In the high-frequency band, both licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum are included. On the unlicensed spectrum included in the high-frequency band, for countries and regions that have LBT requirements, the LBT method (that is, the channel access method) can include omnidirectional LBT, directional LBT, receiving-side auxiliary LBT and no LBT. . Among them, for the channel access method without LBT, it may also need to be limited by certain conditions such as ATPC (Automatic Transmit Power Control, automatic transmission power control), DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection, dynamic frequency selection), long-term interference detection or other Interference cancellation mechanism, etc. In addition, it is also possible to switch between channel access with LBT and channel access without LBT. Wherein, in some cases, for directional LBT, the beam direction associated with directional LBT can be determined by QCL relationship or spatial filter.
对于没有LBT要求的国家和地区,也需要考虑是否要引入一定条件例如是否需要应用DFS、应用ATPC、应用长期干扰检测、限制一定的占空比(duty cycle)、限制一定的发射功率、限制MCOT等等。For countries and regions without LBT requirements, it is also necessary to consider whether to introduce certain conditions, such as whether to apply DFS, apply ATPC, apply long-term interference detection, limit a certain duty cycle (duty cycle), limit a certain transmit power, limit MCOT etc.
3.NR系统中的QCL关系3. QCL relationship in NR system
准共址(Quasi Co-Location,QCL)是指某个天线端口上的符号所经历的信道的大尺度参数可以从另一个天线端口上的符号所经历的信道推断出来。其中的大尺度参数可以包括时延扩展、平均时延、多普勒扩展、多普勒频移、平均增益以及空间接收参数等。Quasi Co-Location (QCL) means that the large-scale parameters of the channel experienced by symbols on one antenna port can be inferred from the channel experienced by symbols on another antenna port. The large-scale parameters may include delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain, and spatial reception parameters.
在NR系统中,考虑到各种参考信号之间可能的QCL关系,上述几种信道大尺度参数可以分为不同的QCL类型,便于系统根据终端设备所在的不同场景进行配置。不同QCL类型配置的定义如下:In the NR system, considering the possible QCL relationship between various reference signals, the above-mentioned channel large-scale parameters can be divided into different QCL types, which is convenient for the system to configure according to different scenarios where the terminal equipment is located. The definitions of different QCL type configurations are as follows:
'QCL-TypeA':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread),平均时延(average delay),时延扩展(delay spread)};'QCL-TypeA': {Doppler shift (Doppler shift), Doppler spread (Doppler spread), average delay (average delay), delay spread (delay spread)};
'QCL-TypeB':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread)};'QCL-TypeB': {Doppler shift (Doppler shift), Doppler spread (Doppler spread)};
'QCL-TypeC':{多普勒频移(Doppler shift),平均时延(average delay)};'QCL-TypeC': {Doppler shift (Doppler shift), average delay (average delay)};
'QCL-TypeD':{空间接收参数(Spatial Rx parameter)}。'QCL-TypeD': {Spatial Rx parameter}.
在RRC信令配置之前(例如初始接入阶段),终端设备具有系统默认的从SSB(Synchronization Signal and PBCH block,同步信号和PBCH块)到DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal,解调参考信号)的QCL关系,终端设备可以通过SSB与DMRS的QCL关系,从SSB信号获取信道的多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展以及空间接收参数以调整DMRS信道估计器的滤波参数,从而进行PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel,物理下行控制信道)和PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,物理下行共享信道)的接收。上述SSB与DMRS的QCL关系可以表示为:Before the RRC signaling configuration (such as the initial access stage), the terminal device has the system default QCL relationship from SSB (Synchronization Signal and PBCH block, synchronization signal and PBCH block) to DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal) , the terminal device can obtain the Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread and spatial reception parameters of the channel from the SSB signal through the QCL relationship between the SSB and the DMRS to adjust the filter parameters of the DMRS channel estimator, In this way, PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, physical downlink control channel) and PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, physical downlink shared channel) are received. The above QCL relationship between SSB and DMRS can be expressed as:
SSB→DMRS,包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展以及空间接收参数。SSB→DMRS, including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread and spatial reception parameters.
在RRC信令配置之后(例如RRC连接态阶段),参考信号之间的QCL关系包括以下情况中的至少一种:After the RRC signaling configuration (for example, the RRC connected state stage), the QCL relationship between the reference signals includes at least one of the following situations:
SSB→TRS(Tracking Reference Signal,跟踪参考信号),包括多普勒频移、平均时延、空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeC'+'QCL-TypeD'。SSB→TRS (Tracking Reference Signal, tracking reference signal), including Doppler frequency shift, average delay, space receiving parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeC'+'QCL-TypeD'.
TRS→用于BM(Beam Management,波束管理)的CSI-RS(Channel State Information-Reference Signal,信道状态信息参考信号),包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'。TRS→CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal) for BM (Beam Management, beam management), including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread ; Or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'.
TRS→用于CSI(Channel State Information,信道状态信息)的CSI-RS,包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'。TRS→CSI-RS for CSI (Channel State Information, channel state information), including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'.
TRS→用于PDCCH的DMRS,包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'。TRS→DMRS for PDCCH, including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'.
TRS→用于PDSCH的DMRS,包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'。TRS→DMRS for PDSCH, including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'.
SSB→用于BM的CSI-RS,包括多普勒频移、平均时延、空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeC'+'QCL-TypeD'。SSB→CSI-RS for BM, including Doppler frequency shift, average delay, and spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeC'+'QCL-TypeD'.
SSB→用于CSI的CSI-RS,包括空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeD'。SSB → CSI-RS for CSI, including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
SSB→用于PDCCH的DMRS(TRS配置前),包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展、空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'。SSB→DMRS for PDCCH (before TRS configuration), including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD '.
SSB→用于PDSCH的DMRS(TRS配置前),包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展、空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'。SSB→DMRS for PDSCH (before TRS configuration), including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD '.
用于BM的CSI-RS→用于PDCCH的DMRS,包括空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeD'。CSI-RS for BM → DMRS for PDCCH, including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
用于BM的CSI-RS→用于PDSCH的DMRS,包括空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeD'。CSI-RS for BM → DMRS for PDSCH, including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
用于CSI的CSI-RS→用于PDSCH的DMRS,包括多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展、空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL-TypeD'。其中,QCL参数不能直接从用于CSI的CSI-RS中获得。CSI-RS for CSI → DMRS for PDSCH, including Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeA'+'QCL- Type D'. Among them, QCL parameters cannot be directly obtained from CSI-RS for CSI.
用于BM的CSI-RS→用于TRS/BM/CSI的CSI-RS,包括空间接收参数;或者,对应'QCL-TypeD'。CSI-RS for BM → CSI-RS for TRS/BM/CSI, including spatial reception parameters; or, corresponding to 'QCL-TypeD'.
对于不同的参考信号的类型,QCL参考的获取包括以下几种情况:For different types of reference signals, the acquisition of QCL reference includes the following situations:
通过RRC配置,例如周期性CSI-RS或TRS;Configured by RRC, such as periodic CSI-RS or TRS;
通过RRC配置,由MAC CE(MAC Control Element,媒体接入层控制单元)激活(简称为基于MAC CE的指示),例如通过MAC CE指示来激活或去激活周期CSI-RS或TRS,或PDCCH的DMRS;Through RRC configuration, activated by MAC CE (MAC Control Element, media access layer control unit) (abbreviated as MAC CE-based indication), for example, through MAC CE indication to activate or deactivate periodic CSI-RS or TRS, or PDCCH DMRS;
通过RRC配置,由MAC CE激活,并利用DCI进行指示(简称为基于DCI的指示),例如非周期CSI-RS或TRS,或PDSCH的DMRS。Through RRC configuration, activated by MAC CE, and indicated by DCI (abbreviated as DCI-based indication), such as aperiodic CSI-RS or TRS, or DMRS of PDSCH.
需要说明的是,PDSCH的DMRS的QCL参考也可能是通过RRC配置由MAC CE激活的。It should be noted that the QCL reference of the DMRS of the PDSCH may also be activated by the MAC CE through the RRC configuration.
通过RRC配置,包括:RRC配置中包括QCL信息,该QCL信息用于确定目标参考信号的QCL参考。The RRC configuration includes: the RRC configuration includes QCL information, and the QCL information is used to determine the QCL reference of the target reference signal.
基于MAC-CE的指示,包括:由RRC配置一组TCI(Transmission Configuration Indicator,传输配置指示)状态,每个TCI状态对应一个QCL参考。通过MAC CE从该组TCI状态中选择一个TCI状态,并将其作为目标参考信号的QCL参考。The MAC-CE-based indication includes: RRC configures a set of TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication) states, and each TCI state corresponds to a QCL reference. Select a TCI state from the group of TCI states through the MAC CE, and use it as the QCL reference of the target reference signal.
基于DCI的指示,包括:由RRC配置M个TCI状态,每个TCI状态对应一个QCL参考。通过MAC CE从该M个TCI状态中选择最多8个TCI状态与DCI中的3比特TCI指示信息对应,其中,如果M的取值小于或等于8,则该M个TCI状态与DCI中的TCI指示信息对应。通过DCI从该与DCI中的TCI指示信息对应的TCI状态中选择一个TCI状态,并将其作为目标参考信号的QCL参考。The DCI-based indication includes: RRC configures M TCI states, and each TCI state corresponds to a QCL reference. Select up to 8 TCI states from the M TCI states through the MAC CE to correspond to the 3-bit TCI indication information in the DCI, wherein, if the value of M is less than or equal to 8, the M TCI states and the TCI in the DCI corresponding to the instruction information. Select a TCI state from the TCI states corresponding to the TCI indication information in the DCI through the DCI, and use it as the QCL reference of the target reference signal.
TCI状态包含了QCL参考的信息。每个TCI状态可以包括最多两个下行参考信号,分别作为最多两种类型的参考源。具体地,TCI状态ID,用于标识一个TCI状态;The TCI status contains the information of the QCL reference. Each TCI state may include at most two downlink reference signals, serving as at most two types of reference sources respectively. Specifically, the TCI state ID is used to identify a TCI state;
QCL信息1;QCL information 1;
QCL信息2。QCL information2.
其中,一个QCL信息又包含如下信息:Among them, a QCL information contains the following information:
QCL类型配置,可以是QCL type A,QCL type B,QCL type C,QCL type D中的一个;QCL type configuration, which can be one of QCL type A, QCL type B, QCL type C, and QCL type D;
QCL参考信号配置,包括参考信号所在的小区ID,BWP(Bandwidth Part,部分带宽)ID以及参考信号的标识(可以是CSI-RS资源ID或SSB索引)。The QCL reference signal configuration includes the cell ID where the reference signal is located, the BWP (Bandwidth Part, partial bandwidth) ID, and the identifier of the reference signal (which can be a CSI-RS resource ID or SSB index).
其中,QCL信息1和QCL信息2中的至少一个QCL信息的QCL类型必须为typeA,typeB,typeC中的一个,另一个QCL信息(如果配置)的QCL类型必须为QCL type D。Among them, the QCL type of at least one of the QCL information in QCL information 1 and QCL information 2 must be one of typeA, typeB, and typeC, and the QCL type of the other QCL information (if configured) must be QCL type D.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,QCL type A也写作typeA或QCL-TypeA,QCL type B也写作typeB或QCL-TypeB,QCL type C也写作typeC或QCL-TypeC,QCL type D也写作typeD或QCL-TypeD。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of this application, QCL type A is also written as typeA or QCL-TypeA, QCL type B is also written as typeB or QCL-TypeB, QCL type C is also written as typeC or QCL-TypeC, and QCL type D is also written as typeD or QCL-TypeD.
作为示例,参考信号的可用QCL参考可以包括表1中所示的情况中的一种:As an example, the available QCL references for the reference signal may include one of the cases shown in Table 1:
表1Table 1
QCL参考信号配置1QCL reference signal configuration 1 QCL类型配置1QCL type configuration 1 QCL参考信号配置2QCL reference signal configuration 2 QCL类型配置2QCL type configuration 2
TRSTRS QCL type AQCL type A TRSTRS QCL type DQCL type D
TRSTRS QCL type AQCL type A 用于BM的CSI-RSCSI-RS for BM QCL type DQCL type D
用于CSI的CSI-RSCSI-RS for CSI QCL type AQCL type A 用于CSI的CSI-RSCSI-RS for CSI QCL type DQCL type D
SSBSSB QCL type AQCL type A SSBSSB QCL type DQCL type D
在高频系统中,在使用定向LBT时,通常要求在进行信道检测时使用的波束赋形需要覆盖信号传输时对应的波束赋形。或者说,终端设备可以使用一个或多个方向对信道进行检测,如果使用基于第一方向的LBT进行信道检测成功获得了第一COT,那么该第一COT与该第一方向具有关联关系,例如需要使用与第一方向对应的波束方向(或者说,与第一方向对应的空间滤波器)在该第一COT内进行物理信道或信号的传输。相应地,如果系统中配置了DCI格式2_0,则该DCI格式2_0也需要基于第一方向进行指示。例如,如果DCI格式2_0中包括剩余COT长度、可用RB(Resource Block,资源块)集合、搜索空间集合组(Search space set group)切换标志等指示信息,则该剩余COT长度、可用RB集合、搜索空间集合组切换标志与该第一方向具有关联关系。In a high-frequency system, when using directional LBT, it is generally required that the beamforming used in channel detection needs to cover the corresponding beamforming in signal transmission. In other words, the terminal device can use one or more directions to detect the channel. If the channel detection using the LBT based on the first direction successfully obtains the first COT, then the first COT has an association relationship with the first direction, for example It is necessary to use the beam direction corresponding to the first direction (or in other words, the spatial filter corresponding to the first direction) to perform physical channel or signal transmission in the first COT. Correspondingly, if the DCI format 2_0 is configured in the system, the DCI format 2_0 also needs to be indicated based on the first direction. For example, if the DCI format 2_0 includes indication information such as remaining COT length, available RB (Resource Block, resource block) set, and search space set group (Search space set group) switching flag, then the remaining COT length, available RB set, search The space aggregation group switching flag is associated with the first direction.
在相关技术中,周期性的参考信号的QCL信息是RRC配置的。在高频系统中,对于预配置的位于该第一COT内的周期性的物理信道或信号,可能出现其QCL信息与第一方向不对应的情况。在这种情况下,如何进行周期性的物理信道或参考信号的处理,是一个待解决的问题。In the related art, the QCL information of the periodic reference signal is configured by RRC. In a high-frequency system, for a preconfigured periodic physical channel or signal located in the first COT, there may be a situation that its QCL information does not correspond to the first direction. In this case, how to process the periodic physical channel or reference signal is a problem to be solved.
本申请提供的技术方案,针对高频系统,周期性的物理信道或参考信号的QCL信息是RRC配置的,当用于传输周期性的物理信道或参考信号的资源所属的第一COT是基于定向信道接入方式(如定向LBT)获取的时,本申请提出根据该第一COT对应的QCL参考与该周期性的物理信道或参考信号对应的QCL参考是否具有QCL关系,来确定是否进行该周期性的物理信道或参考信号的传输,可以保证非授权频谱 上资源使用的公平性。In the technical solution provided by this application, for high-frequency systems, the QCL information of periodic physical channels or reference signals is configured by RRC. When the first COT to which the resources used to transmit periodic physical channels or reference signals belongs is based on When the channel access method (such as directional LBT) is acquired, this application proposes to determine whether to perform the periodic The transmission of permanent physical channels or reference signals can ensure the fairness of resource usage on unlicensed spectrum.
请参考图2,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的无线通信方法的流程图。该方法可应用于图1所示的通信系统中。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤(210~220)中的至少一个步骤:Please refer to FIG. 2 , which shows a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 . The method may include at least one of the following steps (210-220):
步骤210,终端设备被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考。 Step 210, the terminal device is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference.
步骤220,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。 Step 220, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,终端设备被高层(如RRC信令)配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号。第一下行物理信道或信号包括第一下行物理信道和/或第一下行参考信号。可选地,第一下行物理信道或信号包括周期下行物理信道和/或周期下行参考信号。可选地,第一下行物理信道包括但不限于以下至少一种:PDCCH、SPS(Semi-Persistent Scheduling,半持续调度)PDSCH。可选地,第一下行参考信号包括但不限于以下中的至少一种:周期CSI-RS、TRS、PRS(Positioning Reference Signal,定位参考信号)、PT-RS(Phase Tracking Reference Signal,相位跟踪参考信号)、SPS CSI-RS。可选地,上述CSI-RS用于CSI测量和/或BM(波束管理)。In some embodiments, the terminal device is configured by a higher layer (such as RRC signaling) to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal through the first resource. The first downlink physical channel or signal includes the first downlink physical channel and/or the first downlink reference signal. Optionally, the first downlink physical channel or signal includes a periodic downlink physical channel and/or a periodic downlink reference signal. Optionally, the first downlink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: PDCCH, SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, semi-persistent scheduling) PDSCH. Optionally, the first downlink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: periodic CSI-RS, TRS, PRS (Positioning Reference Signal, positioning reference signal), PT-RS (Phase Tracking Reference Signal, phase tracking reference signal), SPS CSI-RS. Optionally, the above CSI-RS is used for CSI measurement and/or BM (beam management).
在一些实施例中,第一QCL参考是第一下行物理信道或信号关联的QCL参考。可选地,第一QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置的。又例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由MAC CE信令激活的。又例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于激活第一下行物理信道或信号。又例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,MAC CE信令激活,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于激活第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the first QCL reference is a QCL reference associated with a first downlink physical channel or signal. Optionally, the first QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI. For example, the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling. For another example, the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling. For another example, the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, where the DCI is used to activate the first downlink physical channel or signal. For another example, the first QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to activate the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,第一QCL参考对应第一空间接收滤波器。可选地,第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考,包括:第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一空间接收滤波器。In some embodiments, the first QCL reference corresponds to the first spatial receive filter. Optionally, the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first QCL reference, including: the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first spatial receiving filter.
在一些实施例中,第二下行物理信道或信号包括第二下行物理信道和/或第二下行参考信号。可选地,第二下行物理信道或信号包括动态调度的下行物理信道和/或动态调度的下行参考信号。可选地,第二下行物理信道包括但不限于以下至少一种:PDCCH、动态调度的PDSCH(例如DCI调度的PDSCH)。可选地,第二下行参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:动态调度的CSI-RS(例如DCI指示的CSI-RS)。In some embodiments, the second downlink physical channel or signal includes a second downlink physical channel and/or a second downlink reference signal. Optionally, the second downlink physical channel or signal includes a dynamically scheduled downlink physical channel and/or a dynamically scheduled downlink reference signal. Optionally, the second downlink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: PDCCH, dynamically scheduled PDSCH (for example, DCI scheduled PDSCH). Optionally, the second downlink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled CSI-RS (for example, a CSI-RS indicated by DCI).
在一些实施例中,第一资源对应第二QCL参考。或者说,第一资源与第二QCL参考具有关联关系。在一些实施例中,第一资源为第一COT中的资源;其中,第一COT对应第二QCL参考(或者说第一COT是与第二QCL参考对应/关联的COT),或者,第一COT中的资源用于传输对应第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号,或者,第一COT是基于第二QCL参考对应的定向信道接入方式(如定向LBT)获得的COT。在一些实施例中,第一资源用于传输对应第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the first resource corresponds to a second QCL reference. In other words, the first resource has an association relationship with the second QCL reference. In some embodiments, the first resource is a resource in the first COT; wherein, the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference (or the first COT is a COT corresponding/associated with the second QCL reference), or, the first The resources in the COT are used to transmit physical channels or signals corresponding to the second QCL reference, or the first COT is a COT obtained based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT) corresponding to the second QCL reference. In some embodiments, the first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考对应第二空间接收滤波器。可选地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第二空间接收滤波器、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the second QCL reference corresponds to a second spatial receive filter. Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second space Receive at least one of the filter, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, and determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置的。又例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由MAC CE信令激活的。又例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由DCI指示的,作为示例,该DCI为第一控制信息;作为另一示例,该DCI为对应DCI格式2_0的DCI。又例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,MAC CE信令激活,且由DCI指示的,作为示例,该DCI为第一控制信息;作为另一示例,该DCI为对应DCI格式2_0的DCI。In some embodiments, the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI. For example, the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling. For another example, the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling. For another example, the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI. As an example, the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is DCI corresponding to DCI format 2_0. For another example, the second QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI. As an example, the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is the corresponding DCI format 2_0 DCI.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first Two QCL references, to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第一控制信息或第二下行物理信道或信号确定第二QCL参考;终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first A control information or a second downlink physical channel or signal determines a second QCL reference; the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
可选地,终端设备根据第一控制信息或第二下行物理信道或信号确定第二QCL参考,包括以下情况1至2中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations 1 to 2:
情况1:第一控制信息对应第二QCL参考。Case 1: The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
情况2:第二下行物理信道或信号对应第二QCL参考。Case 2: The second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,对于上述情况1,第一控制信息对应第二QCL参考,或者,终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,包括以下情况1-1至1-3中的至少一种:Optionally, for the above case 1, the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including the following cases 1-1 to 1-3 at least one of:
情况1-1:第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示第二QCL参考。例如,第一指示信息为TCI(Transmission Configuration Indicator,传输配置指示)状态指示信息和/或SRI(SRS resource indicator,SRS资源指示)指示信息,第一指示信息指示第二QCL参考。Case 1-1: the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference. For example, the first indication information is TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication) status indication information and/or SRI (SRS resource indicator, SRS resource indication) indication information, and the first indication information indicates the second QCL reference.
情况1-2:第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应第二QCL参考。例如,第一控制信息对应DCI格式2_0,第二指示信息用于指示第一COT,作为示例而非限定,第二指示信息为第一COT对应的剩余COT长度指示信息,其中,第一COT对应第二QCL参考。另外,这里的第一COT对应第二QCL参考,可以是上面的第一指示信息指示的,即DCI格式2_0中既包括第一指示信息又包括第二指示信息,也可以是隐式确定的,即DCI格式2_0中不包括第一指示信息。当第一COT对应第二QCL参考通过隐式确定时,作为示例,第二QCL参考为第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考。Case 1-2: The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference. For example, the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT. As an example and not limitation, the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to Second QCL reference. In addition, the first COT here corresponds to the second QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be determined implicitly, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information. When the first COT is implicitly determined corresponding to the second QCL reference, as an example, the second QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
情况1-3:第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应第二QCL参考。第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合是指传输第一控制信息所使用的控制资源集合,如果该控制资源集合对应第二QCL参考,那么也可以表明第一控制信息对应第二QCL参考。Case 1-3: the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference. The set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the second QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,第一控制信息不对应/不关联第二下行物理信道或信号,例如第一控制信息是对应DCI格式2_0的公共控制信息。Optionally, the first control information is not corresponding to/associated with the second downlink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is common control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0.
可选地,第一控制信息对应/关联第二下行物理信道或信号,例如第一控制信息是调度第二下行物理信道或信号传输的专用控制信息。Optionally, the first control information corresponds to/associates with the second downlink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,对于上述情况2,第二下行物理信道或信号对应第二QCL参考,也可以是说第二下行物理信道或信号关联第二QCL参考。Optionally, for the above case 2, the second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference, or it can also be said that the second downlink physical channel or signal is associated with the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系;the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的空间接收滤波器;The second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial receive filter as the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠。The second spatial receive filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in spatial domain the first spatial receive filter associated with the first QCL reference.
可选地,上述第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考对应的QCL类型为QCL-TypeD。Optionally, the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系;The second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的空间接收滤波器;The second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial receive filter than the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上完全不重叠。The second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference.
可选地,上述第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考对应的QCL类型为QCL-TypeD。Optionally, the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL reference is associated with a reference signal different from that of the first QCL, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。可选地,上述QCL关系包括QCL-TypeD。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference and the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference have QCL relationship, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal A downlink physical channel or signal. Optionally, the foregoing QCL relationship includes QCL-TypeD.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的空间接收滤波器时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的空间接收滤波器时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial reception filter as the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL reference is associated with a spatial reception filter different from that of the first QCL, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上完全不重叠时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference is associated with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference When the filters at least partially overlap in the spatial domain, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL references the second spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference the first spatial reception filter associated When there is no overlap in the airspace, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first A control information, determining whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
上述有关第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有/不具有QCL关系的介绍说明,可参见上文,此处不再赘述。For the above introduction and explanation about whether the second QCL reference has/does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device receives the first A downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,可参见上文,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, which can be referred to above, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,第一控制信息对应第一QCL参考,或者,终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考,包括以下情况2-1至2-3中的至少一种:Optionally, the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference, or the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations 2-1 to 2-3:
情况2-1:第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示第一QCL参考。例如,第一指示信息为TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息,第一指示信息指示第一QCL参考。Case 2-1: the first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference. For example, the first indication information is TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, and the first indication information indicates the first QCL reference.
情况2-2:第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应第一QCL参考。例如,第一控制信息对应DCI格式2_0,第二指示信息用于指示第一COT,作为示例而非限定,第二指示信息为第一COT对应的剩余COT长度指示信息,其中,第一COT对应第一QCL参考。另外,这里的第一COT对应第一QCL参考,可以是上面的第一指示信息指示的,即DCI格式2_0中既包括第一指示信息又包括第二指示信息,也可以是隐式确定的,即DCI格式2_0中不包括第一指示信息。当第一COT对应第一QCL参考通过隐式确定时,作为示例,第一QCL参考为第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考。Case 2-2: The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference. For example, the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT. As an example and not limitation, the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to First QCL reference. In addition, the first COT here corresponds to the first QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be implicitly determined, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information. When the first COT is implicitly determined corresponding to the first QCL reference, as an example, the first QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
情况2-3:第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应第一QCL参考。第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合是指传输第一控制信息所使用的控制资源集合,如果该控制资源集合对应第一QCL参考,那么也可以表明第一控制信息对应第一QCL参考。Case 2-3: the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference. The set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the first QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first Two downlink physical channels or signals, determining whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
上述有关第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有/不具有QCL关系的介绍说明,可参见上文,此处不再赘述。For the above introduction and explanation about whether the second QCL reference has/does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal , the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal .
示例性地,终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第二下行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal , the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference , the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference When , the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。例如,第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置的。又例如,第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由MAC CE信令激活的。又例如,第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于调度该第二下行物理信道或信号。又例如,第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,MAC CE信令激活,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于调度该第二下行物理信道或信号。Optionally, the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI. For example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling. For another example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling. For another example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule the second downlink physical channel or signal. For another example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling is activated, and indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to schedule the second downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第二下行物理信道或信号与第一下行物理信道或信号具有关联关系。Optionally, the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第二下行物理信道或信号与第一下行物理信道或信号具有关联关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与第一下行物理信道或信号对应的第一资源在时域上连续;The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is continuous in the time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与第一下行物理信道或信号对应的第一资源位于相同的时间单元;The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源和第一下行物理信道或信号对应的第一资源在时域上部分或全部重叠。The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in the time domain.
可选地,上述时间单元包括时隙、或多个时隙、或以参考子载波间隔(例如120kHz)确定的时隙、或子帧等。Optionally, the foregoing time unit includes a time slot, or a plurality of time slots, or a time slot determined by a reference subcarrier interval (for example, 120 kHz), or a subframe.
在一些实施例中,上述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括:QCL-TypeD。在一些情况中,QCL-TypeD也可以认为是空间接收滤波器。例如,当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL-TypeD的关系时,说明第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的空间接收滤波器,或者,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的波束方向;或者,当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL-TypeD的关系时,说明第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的空间接收滤波器,或者,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的波束方向。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the above QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD. In some cases, QCL-TypeD can also be regarded as a spatial reception filter. For example, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, it means that the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial reception filter as the first QCL reference, Or, the second QCL reference is associated with the same beam direction as the first QCL reference; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, It is explained that the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial reception filter from the first QCL reference, or that the second QCL reference is associated with a different beam direction from the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,上述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括以下中的至少一种:QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the aforementioned QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
在一些实施例中,当第一资源中的符号是下行符号时,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号;或者,当第一资源中的至少一个符号是上行符号时,终端设备不接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the symbols in the first resource are downlink symbols, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal An uplink physical channel or signal; or, when at least one symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,当第一资源中的符号不是上行符号时,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the symbol in the first resource is not an uplink symbol, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal. line physical channels or signals.
可选地,第一资源中的符号不是上行符号,包括:第一资源中的符号是下行符号和/或灵活符号。Optionally, the symbols in the first resource are not uplink symbols, including: the symbols in the first resource are downlink symbols and/or flexible symbols.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,可以为:所述终端设备取消接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device not receiving the first downlink physical channel or signal may be: the terminal device cancels receiving the first downlink physical channel or signal.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案,针对预配置的周期下行物理信道或参考信号(也即第一下行物理信道或信号),当用于传输该周期下行物理信道或参考信号的资源(也即第一资源)所属的第一COT是基于定向信道接入方式(如定向LBT)获取的时,本申请提出根据该第一COT对应的QCL参考(也即第二QCL参考)与该周期性的物理信道或参考信号对应的QCL参考(也即第一QCL参考)是否具有QCL关系,来确定是否进行该周期性的物理信道或参考信号的传输,可以保证非授权频谱上资源使用的公平性。In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, for the pre-configured periodic downlink physical channel or reference signal (that is, the first downlink physical channel or signal), when the resources used to transmit the periodic downlink physical channel or reference signal (that is, When the first COT to which the first resource belongs is acquired based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT), this application proposes that according to the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT (that is, the second QCL reference) and the periodic Whether the QCL reference corresponding to the physical channel or reference signal (that is, the first QCL reference) has a QCL relationship is used to determine whether to perform the periodic transmission of the physical channel or reference signal, which can ensure the fairness of resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
下面,针对预配置的周期下行物理信道或参考信号的接收,通过如下示例性实施例进行介绍说明。In the following, the reception of the preconfigured periodic downlink physical channel or reference signal will be described through the following exemplary embodiments.
在一些实施例中,终端设备被配置在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输,其中,该预配 置下行传输对应第一QCL参考;终端设备的行为包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the terminal device is configured to receive a preconfigured downlink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, where the preconfigured downlink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the behavior of the terminal device includes the following situations at least one of:
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是下行符号,且第一符号组对应第一QCL参考,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the preconfigured downlink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是下行符号,且第一符号组对应第二QCL参考,其中,第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot receiving pre-configured downlink transmission on the first symbol group;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是下行符号,且第一符号组属于第一COT,第一COT对应第一QCL参考,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the pre-set symbol on the first symbol group in the first time slot. Configure downlink transmission;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是下行符号,且第一符号组属于第一COT,第一COT对应第二QCL参考,其中,第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal The device receives a preconfigured downlink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号不是下行符号,或第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考,或第一符号组不属于COT内,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上不接收预配置下行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not downlink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group does not belong to the COT, the terminal device uses the first symbol group in the first time slot Uplink does not receive pre-configured downlink transmissions;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号不是下行符号,或第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考,或第一符号组属于第一COT且第一COT不对应第一QCL参考,或第一符号组不属于COT内,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上取消接收预配置下行传输。If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not downlink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT and the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first The symbol group does not belong to the COT, and the terminal device cancels receiving the preconfigured downlink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot.
可选地,第一符号组对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一符号组对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first symbol group corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first symbol group not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,第一COT对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一COT对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first COT corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,第一COT不对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一COT不对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first COT not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,时隙结构指示信息携带在第一控制信息中。Optionally, the slot structure indication information is carried in the first control information.
可选地,第一控制信息中包括TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息,其中,该TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息用于指示第一COT对应的QCL参考。Optionally, the first control information includes TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, where the TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information is used to indicate the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT.
可选地,第一COT对应的QCL参考与第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考相同,或第一COT对应的QCL参考与第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考具有QCL关系。Optionally, the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the same as the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission, or the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the QCL corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission References have a QCL relationship.
在一些实施例中,终端设备被配置在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输,其中,该预配置下行传输对应第一QCL参考;终端设备被提供了第一COT信息,其中,第一COT对应第二QCL参考,终端设备的行为包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the terminal device is configured to receive a preconfigured downlink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, wherein the preconfigured downlink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the terminal device is provided with first COT information , where the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the behavior of the terminal device includes at least one of the following situations:
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是下行符号或灵活符号,且第一符号组属于第一COT,且第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上接收预配置下行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are downlink symbols or flexible symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot Receive pre-configured downlink transmission on the first symbol group of ;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号不是下行符号或灵活符号,或第一符号组属于第一COT,或第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考不具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上不接收预配置下行传输。If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not downlink symbols or flexible symbols, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, or the first QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the second QCL reference, the terminal device The preconfigured downlink transmission is not received on the first symbol group in .
可选地,上述预配置下行传输包括CSI-RS、SPS PDSCH、TRS、PRS、PT-RS、SPS CSI-RS中的至少一种。Optionally, the pre-configured downlink transmission includes at least one of CSI-RS, SPS PDSCH, TRS, PRS, PT-RS, and SPS CSI-RS.
另外,有关本实施例中未详细说明的细节,可参见图2实施例中的介绍说明。In addition, for details not specified in this embodiment, refer to the description in the embodiment of FIG. 2 .
请参考图3,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的无线通信方法的流程图。该方法可应用于图1所示的通信系统中。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤(310~320)中的至少一个步骤:Please refer to FIG. 3 , which shows a flowchart of a wireless communication method provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1 . The method may include at least one of the following steps (310-320):
步骤310,终端设备被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考。 Step 310, the terminal device is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference.
步骤320,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。 Step 320, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,终端设备被高层(如RRC信令)配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号。第一上行物理信道或信号是指第一上行物理信道和/或第一上行参考信号。可选地,第一上行物理信道或信号包括周期上行物理信道和/或周期上行参考信号。可选地,第一上行物理信道包括但不限于以下中的至少一种:预配置授权CG-PUSCH(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,物理上行共享信道)。可选地,第一上行参考信号包括但不限于以下中的至少一种:SRS(Sounding Reference Signal,探测参考信号)、PT-RS。可选地,上述SRS用于信道探测和/或BM(波束管理)。In some embodiments, the terminal device is configured by a higher layer (such as RRC signaling) to send the first uplink physical channel or signal through the first resource. The first uplink physical channel or signal refers to the first uplink physical channel and/or the first uplink reference signal. Optionally, the first uplink physical channel or signal includes a periodic uplink physical channel and/or a periodic uplink reference signal. Optionally, the first uplink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a pre-configured grant CG-PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel). Optionally, the first uplink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: SRS (Sounding Reference Signal, sounding reference signal), PT-RS. Optionally, the above-mentioned SRS is used for channel sounding and/or BM (beam management).
在一些实施例中,第一QCL参考是第一上行物理信道或信号关联的QCL参考。可选地,第一QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置的。又例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由MAC CE信令激活的。又例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于激活第一上行物理信道或信号。又例如,第一QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,MAC CE信令激活,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于激活第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the first QCL reference is a QCL reference associated with a first uplink physical channel or signal. Optionally, the first QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI. For example, the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling. For another example, the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling. For another example, the first QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, where the DCI is used to activate the first uplink physical channel or signal. For another example, the first QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to activate the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,第一QCL参考对应第一空间发送滤波器。可选地,第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考,包括:第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一空间发送滤波器。In some embodiments, the first QCL reference corresponds to the first spatial transmit filter. Optionally, the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first QCL reference, including: the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the first spatial transmission filter.
在一些实施例中,第二上行物理信道或信号包括第二上行物理信道和/或第二上行参考信号。可选地,第二上行物理信道或信号包括动态调度的上行物理信道和/或动态调度的上行参考信号。可选地,第二上行物理信道包括但不限于以下至少一种:动态调度的PUSCH(例如DCI调度的PUSCH)。可选地,第二上行参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:动态调度的SRS(例如DCI调度的SRS)。In some embodiments, the second uplink physical channel or signal includes a second uplink physical channel and/or a second uplink reference signal. Optionally, the second uplink physical channel or signal includes a dynamically scheduled uplink physical channel and/or a dynamically scheduled uplink reference signal. Optionally, the second uplink physical channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled PUSCH (for example, a DCI scheduled PUSCH). Optionally, the second uplink reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled SRS (for example, a DCI scheduled SRS).
在一些实施例中,第一资源对应第二QCL参考。或者说,第一资源与第二QCL参考具有关联关系。在一些实施例中,第一资源为第一COT中的资源;其中,第一COT对应第二QCL参考(或者说第一COT是与第二QCL参考对应/关联的COT),或者,第一COT中的资源用于传输对应第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号,或者,第一COT是基于第二QCL参考对应的定向信道接入方式(如定向LBT)获得的COT。在一些实施例中,第一资源用于传输对应第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the first resource corresponds to a second QCL reference. In other words, the first resource has an association relationship with the second QCL reference. In some embodiments, the first resource is a resource in the first COT; wherein, the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference (or the first COT is a COT corresponding/associated with the second QCL reference), or, the first The resources in the COT are used to transmit physical channels or signals corresponding to the second QCL reference, or the first COT is a COT obtained based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT) corresponding to the second QCL reference. In some embodiments, the first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考对应第二空间发送滤波器。可选地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第二空间发送滤波器、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the second QCL reference corresponds to a second spatial transmit filter. Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device transmits the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second space At least one of the filter, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置的。又例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由MAC CE信令激活的。又例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由DCI指示的,作为示例,该DCI为第一控制信息;作为另一示例,该DCI为对应DCI格式2_0的DCI。又例如,第二QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,MAC CE信令激活,且由DCI指示的,作为示例,该DCI为第一控制信息;作为另一示例,该DCI为对应DCI格式2_0的DCI。In some embodiments, the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI. For example, the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling. For another example, the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling. For another example, the second QCL reference is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI. As an example, the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is DCI corresponding to DCI format 2_0. For another example, the second QCL reference is RRC configuration signaling configuration, MAC CE signaling activation, and is indicated by DCI. As an example, the DCI is the first control information; as another example, the DCI is the corresponding DCI format 2_0 DCI.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the second QCL reference to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第一控制信息或第二上行物理信道或信号确定第二QCL参考;终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first The control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal determines the second QCL reference; the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
可选地,终端设备根据第一控制信息或第二上行物理信道或信号确定第二QCL参考,包括以下情况1至2中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations 1 to 2:
情况1:第一控制信息对应第二QCL参考。Case 1: The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
情况2:第二上行物理信道或信号对应第二QCL参考。Case 2: the second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,对于上述情况1,第一控制信息对应第二QCL参考,或者,终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,包括以下情况1-1至1-3中的至少一种:Optionally, for the above case 1, the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including the following cases 1-1 to 1-3 at least one of:
情况1-1:第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示第二QCL参考。例如,第一指示信息为TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息,第一指示信息指示第二QCL参考。Case 1-1: the first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference. For example, the first indication information is TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, and the first indication information indicates the second QCL reference.
情况1-2:第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应第二QCL参考。例如,第一控制信息对应DCI格式2_0,第二指示信息用于指示第一COT,作为示例而非限定,第二指示信息为第一COT对应的剩余COT长度指示信息,其中,第一COT对应第二QCL参考。另外,这里的第一COT对应第二QCL参考,可以是上面的第一指示信息指示的,即DCI格式2_0中既包括第一指示信息又包括第二指示信息,也可以是隐式确定的,即DCI格式2_0中不包括第一指示信息。当第一COT对应第二QCL参考通过隐式确定时,作为示例,第二QCL参考为第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考。Case 1-2: The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference. For example, the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT. As an example and not limitation, the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to Second QCL reference. In addition, the first COT here corresponds to the second QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be determined implicitly, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information. When the first COT is implicitly determined corresponding to the second QCL reference, as an example, the second QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
情况1-3:第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应第二QCL参考。第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合是指传输第一控制信息所使用的控制资源集合,如果该控制资源集合对应第二QCL参考,那么也可以表明第一控制信息对应第二QCL参考。Case 1-3: the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference. The set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the second QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,第一控制信息不对应/不关联第二上行物理信道或信号,例如第一控制信息是对应DCI格式2_0的公共控制信息。Optionally, the first control information is not corresponding to/associated with the second uplink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is common control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0.
可选地,第一控制信息对应/关联第二上行物理信道或信号,例如第一控制信息是调度第二上行物理信道或信号传输的专用控制信息。Optionally, the first control information corresponds to/associates with the second uplink physical channel or signal, for example, the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,对于上述情况2,第二上行物理信道或信号对应第二QCL参考,也可以是说第二上行物理信道或信号关联第二QCL参考。Optionally, for the above case 2, the second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference, it can also be said that the second uplink physical channel or signal is associated with the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系;the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的空间发送滤波器;The second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmit filter as the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠。The second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in spatial domain the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
可选地,上述第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考对应的QCL类型为QCL-TypeD。Optionally, the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
在一些实施例中,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系;The second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的空间发送滤波器;The second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter than the first QCL reference;
第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上完全不重叠。The second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
可选地,上述第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考对应的QCL类型为QCL-TypeD。Optionally, the QCL type corresponding to the second QCL reference and the first QCL reference is QCL-TypeD.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL refers to a reference signal associated with a different reference from the first QCL, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。可选地,上述QCL关系包括QCL-TypeD。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference When , the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal. physical channel or signal. Optionally, the foregoing QCL relationship includes QCL-TypeD.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的空间发送滤波器时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的空间发送滤波器时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to transmit the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmission filter as the first QCL reference, the terminal device transmits the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the second QCL reference is associated with a spatial transmission filter different from that of the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not transmit the first uplink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二QCL参考,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上完全不重叠时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to transmit the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including: when the second spatial transmission filter associated with the second QCL reference is the first spatial transmission filter associated with the first QCL reference The terminal device transmits the first uplink physical channel or signal when the filters at least partially overlap in the air domain; or, when the second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference is in the air domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference When there is no overlap at all, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the first The control information determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
上述有关第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有/不具有QCL关系的介绍说明,可参见上文,此处不再赘述。For the above introduction and explanation about whether the second QCL reference has/does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备 根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第一控制信息,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the first control information, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal or, when the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,如果终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,可参见上文,此处不再赘述。Optionally, if the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, reference may be made to the above, and details will not be described here.
可选地,第一控制信息对应第一QCL参考,或者,终端设备根据第一控制信息确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考,包括以下情况2-1至2-3中的至少一种:Optionally, the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference, or the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations 2-1 to 2-3:
情况2-1:第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示第一QCL参考。例如,第一指示信息为TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息,第一指示信息指示第一QCL参考。Case 2-1: the first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference. For example, the first indication information is TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, and the first indication information indicates the first QCL reference.
情况2-2:第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应第一QCL参考。例如,第一控制信息对应DCI格式2_0,第二指示信息用于指示第一COT,作为示例而非限定,第二指示信息为第一COT对应的剩余COT长度指示信息,其中,第一COT对应第一QCL参考。另外,这里的第一COT对应第一QCL参考,可以是上面的第一指示信息指示的,即DCI格式2_0中既包括第一指示信息又包括第二指示信息,也可以是隐式确定的,即DCI格式2_0中不包括第一指示信息。当第一COT对应第一QCL参考通过隐式确定时,作为示例,第一QCL参考为第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考。Case 2-2: The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference. For example, the first control information corresponds to DCI format 2_0, and the second indication information is used to indicate the first COT. As an example and not limitation, the second indication information is the remaining COT length indication information corresponding to the first COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to First QCL reference. In addition, the first COT here corresponds to the first QCL reference, which may be indicated by the above first indication information, that is, DCI format 2_0 includes both the first indication information and the second indication information, or may be implicitly determined, That is, DCI format 2_0 does not include the first indication information. When the first COT is implicitly determined corresponding to the first QCL reference, as an example, the first QCL reference is the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission.
情况2-3:第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应第一QCL参考。第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合是指传输第一控制信息所使用的控制资源集合,如果该控制资源集合对应第一QCL参考,那么也可以表明第一控制信息对应第一QCL参考。Case 2-3: the control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference. The set of control resources corresponding to the transmission of the first control information refers to the set of control resources used to transmit the first control information. If the set of control resources corresponds to the first QCL reference, it may also indicate that the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: the terminal device according to the second An uplink physical channel or signal is used to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
上述有关第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有/不具有QCL关系的介绍说明,可参见上文,此处不再赘述。For the above introduction and explanation about whether the second QCL reference has/does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源不对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
示例性地,终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第一QCL参考时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,终端设备发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当终端设备根据第二上行物理信道或信号确定第一资源对应第二QCL参考,且第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。Exemplarily, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including: when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal The device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal; or, when the terminal device determines that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal The device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第二上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。例如,第二上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置的。又例如,第二上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由MAC CE信令激活的。又例如,第二 上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于调度该第二上行物理信道或信号。又例如,第二上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是RRC配置信令配置,MAC CE信令激活,且由DCI指示的,其中,该DCI用于调度该第二上行物理信道或信号。Optionally, the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI. For example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling. For another example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and activated by MAC CE signaling. For another example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling and indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to schedule the second uplink physical channel or signal. For another example, the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is configured by RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling is activated, and indicated by DCI, wherein the DCI is used to schedule the second uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第二上行物理信道或信号与第一上行物理信道或信号具有关联关系。Optionally, the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第二上行物理信道或信号与第一上行物理信道或信号具有关联关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与第一上行物理信道或信号对应的第一资源在时域上连续;The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is continuous in the time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与第一上行物理信道或信号对应的第一资源位于相同的时间单元;The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源和第一上行物理信道或信号对应的第一资源在时域上部分或全部重叠。The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in time domain.
可选地,上述时间单元包括时隙、或多个时隙、或以参考子载波间隔(例如120kHz)确定的时隙、或子帧等。Optionally, the foregoing time unit includes a time slot, or a plurality of time slots, or a time slot determined by a reference subcarrier interval (for example, 120 kHz), or a subframe.
在一些实施例中,上述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括:QCL-TypeD。在一些情况中,QCL-TypeD也可以认为是空间发送滤波器。例如,当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL-TypeD的关系时,说明第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的空间发送滤波器,或者,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联相同的波束方向;或者,当第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL-TypeD的关系时,说明第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的空间发送滤波器,或者,第二QCL参考与第一QCL参考关联不同的波束方向。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the above QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD. In some cases, QCL-TypeD can also be considered as a spatial transmit filter. For example, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, it means that the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmission filter as the first QCL reference, Or, the second QCL reference is associated with the same beam direction as the first QCL reference; or, when the second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL-TypeD relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference, It is illustrated that the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter from the first QCL reference, or the second QCL reference is associated with a different beam direction from the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,上述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括以下中的至少一种:QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the aforementioned QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
在一些实施例中,当第一资源中的符号是上行符号时,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号;或者,当第一资源中的至少一个符号是下行符号时,终端设备不发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the symbols in the first resource are uplink symbols, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink symbol according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal A physical channel or signal; or, when at least one symbol in the first resource is a downlink symbol, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,当第一资源中的符号不是下行符号时,终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, when the symbol in the first resource is not a downlink symbol, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,第一资源中的符号不是下行符号,包括:第一资源中的符号是上行符号和/或灵活符号。Optionally, the symbols in the first resource are not downlink symbols, including: the symbols in the first resource are uplink symbols and/or flexible symbols.
在一些实施例中,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,可以为:所述终端设备取消发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the terminal device not sending the first uplink physical channel or signal may be: the terminal device cancels sending the first uplink physical channel or signal.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案,针对预配置的周期上行物理信道或参考信号(也即第一上行物理信道或信号),当用于传输该周期上行物理信道或参考信号的资源(也即第一资源)所属的第一COT是基于定向信道接入方式(如定向LBT)获取的时,本申请提出根据该第一COT对应的QCL参考(也即第二QCL参考)与该周期性的物理信道或参考信号对应的QCL参考(也即第一QCL参考)是否具有QCL关系,来确定是否进行该周期性的物理信道或参考信号的传输,可以保证非授权频谱上资源使用的公平性。In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, for a preconfigured periodic uplink physical channel or reference signal (that is, the first uplink physical channel or signal), when resources used to transmit the periodic uplink physical channel or reference signal (that is, the first uplink physical channel or signal) When the first COT to which a resource) belongs is obtained based on a directional channel access method (such as directional LBT), this application proposes that according to the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT (that is, the second QCL reference) and the periodic physical Whether the QCL reference corresponding to the channel or reference signal (that is, the first QCL reference) has a QCL relationship is used to determine whether to transmit the periodic physical channel or reference signal, which can ensure the fairness of resource usage on the unlicensed spectrum.
下面,针对预配置的周期上行物理信道或参考信号的发送,通过如下示例性实施例进行介绍说明。In the following, the transmission of preconfigured periodic uplink physical channels or reference signals will be described through the following exemplary embodiments.
在一些实施例中,终端设备被配置在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输,其中,该预配置上行传输对应第一QCL参考;终端设备的行为包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the terminal device is configured to send a preconfigured uplink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, where the preconfigured uplink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the behavior of the terminal device includes the following situations at least one of:
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是上行符号,且第一符号组对应第一QCL参考,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends preconfigured uplink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是上行符号,且第一符号组对应第二QCL参考,其中,第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot sending pre-configured uplink transmission on the first symbol group;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是上行符号,且第一符号组属于第一COT,第一COT对应第一QCL参考,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the preliminary symbol on the first symbol group in the first time slot. Configure uplink transmission;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是上行符号,且第一符号组属于第一COT,第一COT对应第二QCL参考,其中,第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, where the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal The device sends a preconfigured uplink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号不是上行符号,或第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考,或第一符号组不属于COT内,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上不发送预配置上行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not uplink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group does not belong to the COT, the first symbol group of the terminal device in the first time slot does not send pre-configured uplink transmissions;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号不是上行符号,或第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考,或第一符号组属于第一COT且第一COT不对应第一QCL参考,或第一符号组不属于COT内,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上取消发送预配置上行传输。If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not uplink symbols, or the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT and the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference, or the first The symbol group does not belong to the COT, and the terminal device cancels sending the preconfigured uplink transmission on the first symbol group in the first time slot.
可选地,第一符号组对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一符号组对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first symbol group corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一符号组不对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first symbol group not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first symbol group does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,第一COT对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一COT对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first COT corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT corresponds to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,第一COT不对应第一QCL参考,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送的时隙结构指示信息,确定第一COT不对应第一QCL参考。Optionally, the first COT not corresponding to the first QCL reference includes: the terminal device determining that the first COT does not correspond to the first QCL reference according to the time slot structure indication information sent by the network device.
可选地,时隙结构指示信息携带在第一控制信息中。Optionally, the slot structure indication information is carried in the first control information.
可选地,第一控制信息中包括TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息,其中,该TCI状态指示信息和/或SRI指示信息用于指示第一COT对应的QCL参考。Optionally, the first control information includes TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information, where the TCI status indication information and/or SRI indication information is used to indicate the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT.
可选地,第一COT对应的QCL参考与第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考相同,或第一COT对应的QCL参考与第一控制信息传输使用的控制资源集合对应的QCL参考具有QCL关系。Optionally, the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the same as the QCL reference corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission, or the QCL reference corresponding to the first COT is the QCL corresponding to the control resource set used for the first control information transmission References have a QCL relationship.
在一些实施例中,终端设备被配置在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输,其中,该预配置上行传输对应第一QCL参考;终端设备被提供了第一COT信息,其中,第一COT对应第二QCL参考,终端设备的行为包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the terminal device is configured to send a preconfigured uplink transmission on a first symbol group in a first time slot, wherein the preconfigured uplink transmission corresponds to a first QCL reference; the terminal device is provided with first COT information , where the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the behavior of the terminal device includes at least one of the following situations:
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号是上行符号或灵活符号,且第一符号组属于第一COT,且第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上发送预配置上行传输;If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are uplink symbols or flexible symbols, and the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, and the first QCL reference and the second QCL reference have a QCL relationship, the terminal device in the first time slot Send pre-configured uplink transmission on the first symbol group of ;
如果终端设备确定第一符号组中的符号不是上行符号或灵活符号,或第一符号组属于第一COT,或第一QCL参考与第二QCL参考不具有QCL关系,终端设备在第一时隙中的第一符号组上不发送预配置上行传输。If the terminal device determines that the symbols in the first symbol group are not uplink symbols or flexible symbols, or the first symbol group belongs to the first COT, or the first QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the second QCL reference, the terminal device No preconfigured uplink transmission is sent on the first symbol group in .
可选地,上述预配置上行传输包括SRS、CG-PUSCH、PT-RS中的至少一种。Optionally, the pre-configured uplink transmission includes at least one of SRS, CG-PUSCH, and PT-RS.
另外,有关本实施例中未详细说明的细节,可参见图3实施例中的介绍说明。In addition, for details that are not described in detail in this embodiment, reference may be made to the description in the embodiment of FIG. 3 .
下述为本申请装置实施例,可以用于执行本申请方法实施例。对于本申请装置实施例中未披露的细节,请参照本申请方法实施例。The following are device embodiments of the present application, which can be used to implement the method embodiments of the present application. For details not disclosed in the device embodiments of the present application, please refer to the method embodiments of the present application.
请参考图4,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的无线通信装置的框图。该装置具有实现上述终端设备侧的方法示例的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置可以是上文介绍的终端设备,也可以设置在终端设备中。如图4所示,该装置400可以包括:接收模块410和处理模块420。Please refer to FIG. 4 , which shows a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus has the function of implementing the above example method on the terminal device side, and the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The apparatus may be the terminal device described above, or may be set in the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 4 , the apparatus 400 may include: a receiving module 410 and a processing module 420 .
接收模块410,用于被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考。The receiving module 410 is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference.
处理模块420,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考。In some embodiments, the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,包括:Optionally, the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including:
所述第一资源为第一信道占用时间COT中的资源,其中,所述第一COT对应所述第二QCL参考,或者,所述第一COT中的资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号,或者,所述第一COT是基于所述第二QCL参考对应的定向信道接入方式获得的COT;The first resource is a resource in the first channel occupancy time COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the resources in the first COT are used to transmit the resources corresponding to the second QCL The reference physical channel or signal, or, the first COT is a COT obtained based on the second QCL reference corresponding directional channel access method;
或者,or,
所述第一资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号。The first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QCL参考是根据无线资源控制RRC配置信令、媒体接入层控制单元MAC CE信令和下行控制信息DCI中的至少一种确定的。In some embodiments, the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of radio resource control RRC configuration signaling, media access layer control element MAC CE signaling and downlink control information DCI.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块420,用于根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块420,用于根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考;根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 420 is configured to determine the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal; according to the second QCL reference, determine whether to receive The first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应所述第二QCL参考。The second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, and includes at least one of the following situations:
所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第一控制信息是对应DCI格式2_0的公共控制信息;或者,所述第一控制信息是调度所述第二下行物理信道或信号传输的专用控制信息。Optionally, the first control information is common control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0; or, the first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块420,用于根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives The first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device The first downlink physical channel or signal is not received.
可选地,所述第一控制信息包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the first control information includes at least one of the following situations:
所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第一QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第一QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第一QCL参考;The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块420,用于根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 420 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。Optionally, the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
可选地,所述第二下行物理信道或信号与所述第一下行物理信道或信号具有关联关系。Optionally, the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述第二下行物理信道或信号与所述第一下行物理信道或信号具有关联关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上连续;The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is continuous in time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源 位于相同的时间单元;The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源和所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上部分或全部重叠。The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal partially or completely overlap in time domain.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系;a second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with a first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的空间接收滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial receive filter as the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠。A second spatial receive filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in a spatial domain with a first spatial receive filter associated with the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系;The second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的空间接收滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial receive filter than the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上完全不重叠。The second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述第一下行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:周期CSI-RS、半持续调度SPS PDSCH、跟踪参考信号TRS、定位参考信号PRS、相位跟踪参考信号PT-RS。In some embodiments, the first downlink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: periodic CSI-RS, semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH, tracking reference signal TRS, positioning reference signal PRS, phase tracking reference signal PT -RS.
在一些实施例中,所述第二下行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:动态调度的CSI-RS、动态调度的PDSCH。In some embodiments, the second downlink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled CSI-RS, and a dynamically scheduled PDSCH.
在一些实施例中,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括:QCL-TypeD。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
在一些实施例中,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括以下中的至少一种:QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块420,还用于:In some embodiments, the processing module 420 is further configured to:
当所述第一资源中的符号是下行符号时,根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the symbol in the first resource is a downlink symbol, according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal, determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or Signal;
或者,or,
当所述第一资源中的至少一个符号是上行符号时,不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When at least one symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, the first downlink physical channel or signal is not received.
请参考图5,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的无线通信装置的框图。该装置具有实现上述终端设备侧的方法示例的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置可以是上文介绍的终端设备,也可以设置在终端设备中。如图5所示,该装置500可以包括:发送模块510和处理模块520。Please refer to FIG. 5 , which shows a block diagram of a wireless communication device provided by another embodiment of the present application. The apparatus has the function of implementing the above example method on the terminal device side, and the function may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software on the hardware. The apparatus may be the terminal device described above, or may be set in the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 5 , the apparatus 500 may include: a sending module 510 and a processing module 520 .
发送模块510,用于被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考;A sending module 510, configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
处理模块520,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考。In some embodiments, the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,包括:Optionally, the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, including:
所述第一资源为第一信道占用时间COT中的资源,其中,所述第一COT对应所述第二QCL参考,或者,所述第一COT中的资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号,或者,所述第一COT是基于所述第二QCL参考对应的定向信道接入方式获得的COT;The first resource is a resource in the first channel occupancy time COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the resources in the first COT are used to transmit the resources corresponding to the second QCL The reference physical channel or signal, or, the first COT is a COT obtained based on the second QCL reference corresponding directional channel access method;
或者,or,
所述第一资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号。The first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第二QCL参考是根据无线资源控制RRC配置信令、媒体接入层控制单元MAC CE信令和下行控制信息DCI中的至少一种确定的。Optionally, the second QCL reference is determined according to at least one of radio resource control RRC configuration signaling, media access layer control element MAC CE signaling, and downlink control information DCI.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块520,用于根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块520,用于根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考;根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 520 is configured to determine the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal; determine whether to send The first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参 考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应所述第二QCL参考。The second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, and includes at least one of the following situations:
所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
可选地,所述第一控制信息是对应DCI格式2_0的公共控制信息;或者,Optionally, the first control information is public control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0; or,
所述第一控制信息是调度所述第二上行物理信道或信号传输的专用控制信息。The first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块520,用于根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends The first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device The first uplink physical channel or signal is not sent.
可选地,所述第一控制信息包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the first control information includes at least one of the following situations:
所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第一QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第一QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第一QCL参考;The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块520,用于根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。In some embodiments, the processing module 520 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。Optionally, the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
可选地,所述第二上行物理信道或信号与所述第一上行物理信道或信号具有关联关系。Optionally, the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal.
可选地,所述第二上行物理信道或信号与所述第一上行物理信道或信号具有关联关系,包括以下情况 中的至少一种:Optionally, the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上连续;The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is continuous in time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源位于相同的时间单元;The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源和所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上部分或全部重叠。The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in time domain.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系;a second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with a first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的空间发送滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmit filter as the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠。A second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in a spatial domain with a first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:In some embodiments, the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following:
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系;The second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的空间发送滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter than the first QCL reference;
所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上完全不重叠。The second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
在一些实施例中,所述第一上行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:探测参考信号SRS、预配置授权CG-PUSCH、相位跟踪参考信号PT-RS。In some embodiments, the first uplink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: Sounding Reference Signal SRS, Preconfigured Grant CG-PUSCH, Phase Tracking Reference Signal PT-RS.
在一些实施例中,所述第二上行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:动态调度的SRS、动态调度的PUSCH。In some embodiments, the second uplink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: dynamically scheduled SRS and dynamically scheduled PUSCH.
在一些实施例中,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括:QCL-TypeD。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
在一些实施例中,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括以下中的至少一种:QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC。In some embodiments, the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
在一些实施例中,所述处理模块520,还用于:In some embodiments, the processing module 520 is further configured to:
当所述第一资源中的符号是上行符号时,根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal ;
或者,or,
当所述第一资源中的至少一个符号是下行符号时,不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When at least one symbol in the first resource is a downlink symbol, the first uplink physical channel or signal is not sent.
需要说明的一点是,上述实施例提供的装置在实现其功能时,仅以上述各个功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据实际需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将设备的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。It should be noted that when the device provided by the above embodiment realizes its functions, it only uses the division of the above-mentioned functional modules as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to actual needs. That is, the content structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
关于上述实施例中的装置,其中各个模块执行操作的具体方式已经在有关该方法的实施例中进行了详细描述,此处将不做详细阐述说明。Regarding the apparatus in the foregoing embodiments, the specific manner in which each module executes operations has been described in detail in the embodiments related to the method, and will not be described in detail here.
请参考图6,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的终端设备600的结构示意图。该终端设备600可用于执行上述实施例中有关终端设备执行的方法步骤。该终端设备600可以包括:处理器601、收发器602以及存储器603。Please refer to FIG. 6 , which shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The terminal device 600 may be configured to perform the method steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments. The terminal device 600 may include: a processor 601 , a transceiver 602 and a memory 603 .
处理器601包括一个或者一个以上处理核心,处理器601通过运行软件程序以及模块,从而执行各种功能应用以及信息处理。The processor 601 includes one or more processing cores, and the processor 601 executes various functional applications and information processing by running software programs and modules.
收发器602可以包括接收器和发射器,比如,该接收器和发射器可以实现为同一个无线通信组件,该无线通信组件可以包括一块无线通信芯片以及射频天线。The transceiver 602 may include a receiver and a transmitter. For example, the receiver and the transmitter may be implemented as the same wireless communication component, and the wireless communication component may include a wireless communication chip and a radio frequency antenna.
存储器603可以与处理器601以及收发器602相连。The memory 603 may be connected to the processor 601 and the transceiver 602 .
存储器603可用于存储处理器执行的计算机程序,处理器601用于执行该计算机程序,以实现上述方法实施例中的终端设备执行的各个步骤。The memory 603 may be used to store a computer program executed by the processor, and the processor 601 is used to execute the computer program, so as to implement various steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
此外,存储器603可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,易失性或非易失性存储设备包括但不限于:磁盘或光盘,电可擦除可编程只读存储器,可擦除可编程只读存储器,静态 随时存取存储器,只读存储器,磁存储器,快闪存储器,可编程只读存储器。In addition, the memory 603 can be realized by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination. The volatile or non-volatile storage device includes but not limited to: magnetic disk or optical disk, electrically erasable and programmable Read Only Memory, Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, Static Anytime Access Memory, Read Only Memory, Magnetic Memory, Flash Memory, Programmable Read Only Memory.
在一示例性实施例中,所述收发器602,用于被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考;In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver 602 is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
所述处理器601,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The processor 601 is configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
在一示例性实施例中,所述收发器602,用于被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一QCL参考;In an exemplary embodiment, the transceiver 602 is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first QCL reference;
所述处理器601,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The processor 601 is configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
对于上述实施例中未详细说明的细节,可参见上文方法实施例中的介绍说明,此处不再赘述。For details not described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, reference may be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于被终端设备的处理器执行,以实现上述无线通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the storage medium, and the computer program is used to be executed by a processor of a terminal device, so as to implement the above wireless communication method.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可以包括:ROM(Read-Only Memory,只读存储器)、RAM(Random-Access Memory,随机存储器)、SSD(Solid State Drives,固态硬盘)或光盘等。其中,随机存取记忆体可以包括ReRAM(Resistance Random Access Memory,电阻式随机存取记忆体)和DRAM(Dynamic Random Access Memory,动态随机存取存储器)。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium may include: ROM (Read-Only Memory, read-only memory), RAM (Random-Access Memory, random access memory), SSD (Solid State Drives, solid state drive) or an optical disc, etc. Wherein, the random access memory may include ReRAM (Resistance Random Access Memory, resistive random access memory) and DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory, dynamic random access memory).
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片在终端设备上运行时,用于实现上述无线通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, the chip includes a programmable logic circuit and/or program instructions, and when the chip runs on a terminal device, it is used to implement the above wireless communication method.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序,所述计算机程序产品或计算机程序包括计算机指令,所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,终端设备的处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质读取并执行所述计算机指令,以实现上述无线通信方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product or computer program, the computer program product or computer program includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and the processor of the terminal device reads from the computer The readable storage medium reads and executes the computer instructions to implement the above wireless communication method.
应理解,在本文中提及的“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the "plurality" mentioned herein refers to two or more than two. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
另外,本文中描述的步骤编号,仅示例性示出了步骤间的一种可能的执行先后顺序,在一些其它实施例中,上述步骤也可以不按照编号顺序来执行,如两个不同编号的步骤同时执行,或者两个不同编号的步骤按照与图示相反的顺序执行,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In addition, the numbering of the steps described herein only exemplarily shows a possible sequence of execution among the steps. In some other embodiments, the above-mentioned steps may not be executed according to the order of the numbers, such as two different numbers The steps are executed at the same time, or two steps with different numbers are executed in the reverse order as shown in the illustration, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,在上述一个或多个示例中,本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in the foregoing one or more examples, the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium. Computer-readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another. A storage media may be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.
以上所述仅为本申请的示例性实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。The above are only exemplary embodiments of the application, and are not intended to limit the application. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the application shall be included in the protection of the application. within range.

Claims (57)

  1. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由终端设备执行,所述方法包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a terminal device, and the method includes:
    所述终端设备被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一准共址QCL参考;The terminal device is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first quasi-co-located QCL reference;
    所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, comprising:
    所述第一资源为第一信道占用时间COT中的资源,其中,所述第一COT对应所述第二QCL参考,或者,所述第一COT中的资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号,或者,所述第一COT是基于所述第二QCL参考对应的定向信道接入方式获得的COT;The first resource is a resource in the first channel occupancy time COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the resources in the first COT are used to transmit the resources corresponding to the second QCL The reference physical channel or signal, or, the first COT is a COT obtained based on the second QCL reference corresponding directional channel access method;
    或者,or,
    所述第一资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号。The first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QCL参考是根据无线资源控制RRC配置信令、媒体接入层控制单元MAC CE信令和下行控制信息DCI中的至少一种确定的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the second QCL reference is based on radio resource control RRC configuration signaling, media access layer control element MAC CE signaling and downlink control information DCI At least one of the identified.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the The first downlink physical channel or signal includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  6. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the The first downlink physical channel or signal includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考;The terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 6, wherein the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations :
    所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
    所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应所述第二QCL参考。The second downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, and includes at least one of the following situations:
    所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息是对应DCI格式2_0的公共控制信息;或者,所述第一控制信息是调度所述第二下行物理信道或信号传输的专用控制信息。The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the first control information is public control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0; or, the first control information is scheduling the second downlink physical channel or signal Transmission specific control information.
  10. 根据权利要求5至9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations A sort of:
    当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal Physical channels or signals, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 11, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives The first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device The first downlink physical channel or signal is not received.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the first control information includes at least one of the following situations:
    所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第一QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第一QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第一QCL参考;The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second downlink physical channel or signal Physical channels or signals, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 14, wherein the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to the second downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations :
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device receives the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二下行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the second downlink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the QCL reference corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  17. 根据权利要求14至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二下行物理信道或信号与所述第一下行物理信道或信号具有关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二下行物理信道或信号与所述第一下行物理信道或信号具有关联关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 17, wherein the second downlink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first downlink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
    所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上连续;The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is continuous in time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源位于相同的时间单元;The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal;
    所述第二下行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源和所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上部分或全部重叠。The second resource corresponding to the second downlink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first downlink physical channel or signal partially or completely overlap in time domain.
  19. 根据权利要求10、12、15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 10, 12, and 15, wherein the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系;a second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with a first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的空间接收滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial receive filter as the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠。A second spatial receive filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in a spatial domain with a first spatial receive filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  20. 根据权利要求10、12、15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 10, 12, and 15, wherein the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系;The second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的空间接收滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial receive filter than the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间接收滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间接收滤波器在空域上完全不重叠。The second spatial reception filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial reception filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  21. 根据权利要求1至20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一下行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:周期CSI-RS、半持续调度SPS PDSCH、跟踪参考信号TRS、定位参考信号PRS、相位跟踪 参考信号PT-RS。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the first downlink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: periodic CSI-RS, semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH, tracking reference signal TRS, Positioning Reference Signal PRS, Phase Tracking Reference Signal PT-RS.
  22. 根据权利要求1至21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二下行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:动态调度的CSI-RS、动态调度的PDSCH。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the second downlink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled CSI-RS, and a dynamically scheduled PDSCH.
  23. 根据权利要求1至22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括:QCL-TypeD。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
  24. 根据权利要求1至23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括以下中的至少一种:QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
  25. 根据权利要求1至24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 24, further comprising:
    当所述第一资源中的符号是下行符号时,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号;When the symbols in the first resource are downlink symbols, the terminal device determines whether to receive the first downlink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal. physical channel or signal;
    或者,or,
    当所述第一资源中的至少一个符号是上行符号时,所述终端设备不接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。When at least one symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, the terminal device does not receive the first downlink physical channel or signal.
  26. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法由终端设备执行,所述方法包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that the method is executed by a terminal device, and the method includes:
    所述终端设备被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一准共址QCL参考;The terminal device is configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first quasi-co-located QCL reference;
    所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考。The method according to claim 26, wherein the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,包括:The method according to claim 27, wherein the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, comprising:
    所述第一资源为第一信道占用时间COT中的资源,其中,所述第一COT对应所述第二QCL参考,或者,所述第一COT中的资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号,或者,所述第一COT是基于所述第二QCL参考对应的定向信道接入方式获得的COT;The first resource is a resource in the first channel occupancy time COT, wherein the first COT corresponds to the second QCL reference, or the resources in the first COT are used to transmit the resources corresponding to the second QCL The reference physical channel or signal, or, the first COT is a COT obtained based on the second QCL reference corresponding directional channel access method;
    或者,or,
    所述第一资源用于传输对应所述第二QCL参考的物理信道或信号。The first resource is used to transmit a physical channel or signal corresponding to the second QCL reference.
  29. 根据权利要求26至28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QCL参考是根据无线资源控制RRC配置信令、媒体接入层控制单元MAC CE信令和下行控制信息DCI中的至少一种确定的。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the second QCL reference is based on radio resource control RRC configuration signaling, media access layer control element MAC CE signaling and downlink control information DCI At least one of the identified.
  30. 根据权利要求26至29任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 29, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the The first uplink physical channel or signal includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  31. 根据权利要求26至28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the The first uplink physical channel or signal includes:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考;The terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息或所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 31, wherein the terminal device determines the second QCL reference according to the first control information or the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations :
    所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
    所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应所述第二QCL参考。The second uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息对应所述第二QCL参考,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 32, wherein the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference, and includes at least one of the following situations:
    所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息是对应DCI格式2_0的公共控制信息;或者,The method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the first control information is public control information corresponding to DCI format 2_0; or,
    所述第一控制信息是调度所述第二上行物理信道或信号传输的专用控制信息。The first control information is dedicated control information for scheduling transmission of the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  35. 根据权利要求30至34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第二QCL参考,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 34, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations kind:
    当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  36. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal. Channels or signals, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 36, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the first control information, including at least one of the following situations:
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends The first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第一控制信息确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the first control information that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the terminal device The first uplink physical channel or signal is not sent.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the first control information includes at least one of the following situations:
    所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第一QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the first QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第一QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the first QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第一QCL参考;The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the first QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示所述第二QCL参考;The first indication information in the first control information indicates the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息中的第二指示信息对应所述第二QCL参考;The second indication information in the first control information corresponds to the second QCL reference;
    所述第一控制信息传输对应的控制资源集合对应所述第二QCL参考。The control resource set corresponding to the first control information transmission corresponds to the second QCL reference.
  39. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information and the second uplink physical channel or signal. Channels or signals, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。The terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 39, wherein the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to the second uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the first QCL reference, the terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源不对应所述第一QCL参考时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource does not correspond to the first QCL reference, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device sends the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    当所述终端设备根据所述第二上行物理信道或信号确定所述第一资源对应所述第二QCL参考,且所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When the terminal device determines according to the second uplink physical channel or signal that the first resource corresponds to the second QCL reference, and the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, the The terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的QCL参考是根据RRC配置信令、MAC CE信令和DCI中的至少一种确定的。The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the QCL reference corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is determined according to at least one of RRC configuration signaling, MAC CE signaling and DCI.
  42. 根据权利要求39至41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行物理信道或信号与所述第一上行物理信道或信号具有关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the second uplink physical channel or signal is associated with the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行物理信道或信号与所述第一上行物理信道或信号具有关联关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to claim 42, wherein the second uplink physical channel or signal has an association relationship with the first uplink physical channel or signal, including at least one of the following situations:
    所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上连续;The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is continuous in time domain with the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源与所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源位于相同的时间单元;The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal is located in the same time unit as the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal;
    所述第二上行物理信道或信号对应的第二资源和所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应的所述第一资源在时域上部分或全部重叠。The second resource corresponding to the second uplink physical channel or signal and the first resource corresponding to the first uplink physical channel or signal partially or fully overlap in time domain.
  44. 根据权利要求35、37、40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 35, 37, and 40, wherein the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的第一参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with the same first reference signal as the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号具有QCL关系;a second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference has a QCL relationship with a first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联相同的空间发送滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with the same spatial transmit filter as the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上至少部分重叠。A second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference at least partially overlaps in a spatial domain with a first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  45. 根据权利要求35、37、40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考不具有QCL关系,包括以下情况中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 35, 37, and 40, wherein the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first QCL reference, including at least one of the following situations:
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的参考信号;the second QCL reference is associated with a different reference signal than the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二参考信号与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一参考信号不具有QCL关系;The second reference signal associated with the second QCL reference does not have a QCL relationship with the first reference signal associated with the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考与所述第一QCL参考关联不同的空间发送滤波器;the second QCL reference is associated with a different spatial transmit filter than the first QCL reference;
    所述第二QCL参考关联的第二空间发送滤波器与所述第一QCL参考关联的第一空间发送滤波器在空域上完全不重叠。The second spatial transmit filter associated with the second QCL reference does not overlap at all in the spatial domain with the first spatial transmit filter associated with the first QCL reference.
  46. 根据权利要求26至45任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:探测参考信号SRS、预配置授权CG-PUSCH、相位跟踪参考信号PT-RS。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 45, wherein the first uplink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: sounding reference signal SRS, preconfigured grant CG-PUSCH, phase tracking reference Signal PT-RS.
  47. 根据权利要求26至46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二上行物理信道或信号包括以下中的至少一种:动态调度的SRS、动态调度的PUSCH。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 46, wherein the second uplink physical channel or signal includes at least one of the following: a dynamically scheduled SRS and a dynamically scheduled PUSCH.
  48. 根据权利要求26至47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括:QCL-TypeD。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 47, wherein the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes: QCL-TypeD.
  49. 根据权利要求26至48任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述QCL参考对应的QCL类型包括以下中的至少一种:QCL-TypeA、QCL-TypeB、QCL-TypeC。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 48, wherein the QCL type corresponding to the QCL reference includes at least one of the following: QCL-TypeA, QCL-TypeB, and QCL-TypeC.
  50. 根据权利要求26至49任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 26 to 49, further comprising:
    当所述第一资源中的符号是上行符号时,所述终端设备根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号;When the symbol in the first resource is an uplink symbol, the terminal device determines whether to send the first uplink according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal physical channel or signal;
    或者,or,
    当所述第一资源中的至少一个符号是下行符号时,所述终端设备不发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。When at least one symbol in the first resource is a downlink symbol, the terminal device does not send the first uplink physical channel or signal.
  51. 一种无线通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A wireless communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
    接收模块,用于被配置通过第一资源接收第一下行物理信道或信号,所述第一下行物理信道或信号对应第一准共址QCL参考;The receiving module is configured to receive a first downlink physical channel or signal through a first resource, and the first downlink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first quasi-co-located QCL reference;
    处理模块,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二下行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否接收所述第一下行物理信道或信号。A processing module, configured to determine whether to receive the first downlink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second downlink physical channel or signal.
  52. 一种无线通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A wireless communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
    发送模块,用于被配置通过第一资源发送第一上行物理信道或信号,所述第一上行物理信道或信号对应第一准共址QCL参考;A sending module, configured to send a first uplink physical channel or signal through a first resource, where the first uplink physical channel or signal corresponds to a first quasi-co-located QCL reference;
    处理模块,用于根据第二QCL参考、第一控制信息和第二上行物理信道或信号中的至少一项,确定是否发送所述第一上行物理信道或信号。A processing module, configured to determine whether to send the first uplink physical channel or signal according to at least one of the second QCL reference, the first control information, and the second uplink physical channel or signal.
  53. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序以实现如权利要求1至25任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device includes a processor and a memory, a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the computer program to implement the computer program described in any one of claims 1 to 25. Methods.
  54. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序以实现如权利要求26至50任一项所述的方法。A network device, characterized in that the network device includes a processor and a memory, and a computer program is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the computer program to implement any one of claims 26 to 50. Methods.
  55. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于被处理器执行,以实现如权利要求1至25任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求26至50任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein a computer program is stored in the storage medium, and the computer program is used to be executed by a processor to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 25, or Implementing the method as claimed in any one of claims 26 to 50.
  56. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括可编程逻辑电路和/或程序指令,当所述芯片运行时,用于实现如权利要求1至25任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求26至50任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that the chip includes programmable logic circuits and/or program instructions, which are used to implement the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 25 when the chip is running, or to implement the method as claimed in any one of claims The method described in any one of claims 26 to 50.
  57. 一种计算机程序产品或计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品或计算机程序包括计算机指令,所述计算机指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中,处理器从所述计算机可读存储介质读取并执行所述计算机指令,以实现如权利要求1至25任一项所述的方法,或者实现如权利要求26至50任一项所述的方法。A computer program product or computer program, characterized in that the computer program product or computer program includes computer instructions, the computer instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, and the processor reads the computer-readable storage medium from the computer-readable storage medium And execute the computer instructions to realize the method according to any one of claims 1 to 25, or to realize the method according to any one of claims 26 to 50.
PCT/CN2022/071143 2022-01-10 2022-01-10 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product WO2023130480A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/071143 WO2023130480A1 (en) 2022-01-10 2022-01-10 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product
CN202280086110.7A CN118435683A (en) 2022-01-10 2022-01-10 Wireless communication method, apparatus, device, storage medium, and program product

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/071143 WO2023130480A1 (en) 2022-01-10 2022-01-10 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023130480A1 true WO2023130480A1 (en) 2023-07-13

Family

ID=87072897

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/071143 WO2023130480A1 (en) 2022-01-10 2022-01-10 Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118435683A (en)
WO (1) WO2023130480A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110830222A (en) * 2018-08-08 2020-02-21 宏碁股份有限公司 Downlink receiving method and user equipment using the same
CN111316739A (en) * 2017-11-08 2020-06-19 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for beam management in unlicensed spectrum
WO2021164035A1 (en) * 2020-02-21 2021-08-26 华为技术有限公司 Signal transmission method and apparatus
CN113541889A (en) * 2020-04-14 2021-10-22 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111316739A (en) * 2017-11-08 2020-06-19 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for beam management in unlicensed spectrum
CN110830222A (en) * 2018-08-08 2020-02-21 宏碁股份有限公司 Downlink receiving method and user equipment using the same
WO2021164035A1 (en) * 2020-02-21 2021-08-26 华为技术有限公司 Signal transmission method and apparatus
CN113541889A (en) * 2020-04-14 2021-10-22 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a node used for wireless communication

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "Beam Management Aspects", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #107-E R1-2111198, 5 November 2021 (2021-11-05), XP052074167 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118435683A (en) 2024-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3691374B1 (en) Communication method and communication device
KR102321890B1 (en) A method and apparatus for configuring a transmission direction of a time-frequency resource
EP3833129B1 (en) Method for transmitting configuration information and terminal device
WO2018082544A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2019096235A1 (en) Method for receiving reference signal, and method for transmitting reference signal
JP7227297B2 (en) Data communication method, terminal and base station
EP3726767B1 (en) Data transmission method and device and communication apparatus
WO2020025042A1 (en) Resource configuration method and terminal device
CN111278108A (en) Method and device for determining transmission resources
WO2020025040A1 (en) Resource configuration method and terminal device
WO2020029973A1 (en) Information processing method and communication apparatus
WO2019052334A1 (en) Method and device for communication
WO2018027982A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending reference signal, and method and apparatus for receiving reference signal
US11219031B2 (en) Apparatus and method for resource management in wireless communication system
EP4087173A1 (en) Base station supporting dynamic spectrum sharing between heterogeneous networks and wireless communication system including the same
WO2018228533A1 (en) Resource mapping method and apparatus
US20230007630A1 (en) System and method for sidelink configuration
WO2019096232A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN113966639A (en) Parameter override rules for multiple SPS/CG configurations
WO2022061544A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN116436572A (en) HARQ information transmission method and device and computer storage medium
WO2020210961A1 (en) Sidelink data transmission method and device, and storage medium
WO2023130480A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus, and device, storage medium and program product
WO2024011632A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
CN115189851B (en) Method and device for determining frequency domain resource position, terminal and network equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22917950

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1